city of inver grove heights - jorgenson...

Project Manual for the construction of:

City of Inver Grove Heights Inver Grove Height Fire Station No. 2 Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota

Volume 1 Divisions 0-1 Date: August 07, 2018 Commission No.: 600801

401 2nd Avenue N, Suite 206 Minneapolis, MN 55401 (612) 332-1401

City of Inver Grove Heights

Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2

Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota

Comm. No. 600801

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN

SECTION 000200 – TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page 1

CITY OF INVER GROVE HEIGHTS

INVER GROVE HEIGHTS FIRE STATION NO. 2

*****************************************************************

SECTION 000200 - TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS

000010 PROJECT TITLE SHEET

000020 CERTIFICATION PAGE

000200 TABLE OF CONTENTS

001113 ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

002213 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

PREVAILING WAGES RATES

PROJECT LABOR AGREEMENT

PREVAILING WAGE RATE SCHEDULE

A305-1986 CONTRACTORS QUAILIFICATION STATEMENT

004113 BID FORM

A310-2010 BID BOND

006320 PRE-BID SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

007000 A201-2007 GENERAL CONDITIONS

008000 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

A312 PAYMENT BOND – 2010

A312 PERFORMANCE BOND – 2010

009000 GEOTECHNICAL REPORT

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

001100 SUMMARY

012300 ALTERNATES

012600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEEDURES

012900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES

013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

REQUEST FOR ELECTRONIC FILES

REQUEST FOR INFORMATION

013233 PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

SUBMITTAL TRANSMITTAL

014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

014100 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

STATEMENT

SCHEDULE

FINAL REPORT

014200 REFERENCES

015000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS




Comm. No. 600801



Page 2

016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

017300 EXECUTION

017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

019113 GENERAL COMMISSION REQUIREMENTS

DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS – NOT USED

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE

033000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

034100 PRECAST STRUCTURAL CONCRETE

DIVISION 04 – MASONRY

042000 UNIT MASONRY

047200 CAST STONE MASONRY

DIVISION 05 - METALS

051200 STRUCTURAL STEEL

052200 STEEL JOISTS

053100 STEEL DECK

054400 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING

055000 METAL FABRICATIONS

055113 METAL PAN STAIRS

055119 METAL GRATING STAIRS

055213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES

061053 MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY

061060 ROOF-RELATED ROUGH CARPENTRY

061600 SHEATHING

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

071416 COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING

072100 THERMAL INSULATION

072119 FOAMED-IN-PLACE INSULATION

072726 FLUID-APPLIED MEMBRANE AIR BARRIER

074113 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS

074211 METAL WALL PANELS

075323 EPDM ROOFING

076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

077253 SNOW GUARDS




Comm. No. 600801



Page 3

078400 FIRESTOPPING

079200 JOINT SEALANTS

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS

081113 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES

081376 FOUR-FOLD METAL DOORS

081416 FLUSH WOOD DOORS

083313 COILING COUNTER DOORS

083323 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS

083613 SECTIONAL DOORS

084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS

085113 ALUMINUM WINDOWS

087100 DOOR HARDWARE

088000 GLAZING

088300 MIRRORS

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES

092216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

092900 GYPSUM BOARD

093000 TILING

095113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

095213 ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT

095420 LINEAR POLYMER CEILINGS

096500 RESILIENT FLOORING

096513 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES

096566 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING

096566 RESILIENT ATHLETIC FLOORING

096723 RESINOUS FLOORING

096813 TILE CARPETING

096816 SHEET CARPETING

097223 WALL COVERINGS

099000 PAINTING

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES

101419 DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNAGE

101423 PANEL SIGNAGE

102113 TOILET COMPARTMENTS

102213 WIRE MESH PARTITIONS

102600 WALL PROTECTION

102800 TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES

104410 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES

107527 FLAGPOLES




Comm. No. 600801



Page 4

108213 ROOF TOP EQUIPMENT SCREENS

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT – NOT USED

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS

122413 ROLLER SHADES

123100 MANUFACTURED METAL CASEWORK

123216 PLASTIC-LAMINATE-FACED CASEWORK

123661.16 SOLID SURFACING COUNTERTOPS

123661.19 QUARTZ AGGLOMERATE COUNTERTOPS

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION – NOT USED

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

142400 HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR

DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION

210500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION

210529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND

EQUIPMENT

211000 WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS

DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING

220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING

220514 PLUMBING SPECIALTIES

220515 PIPING SPECIALTIES

220523 GENERAL DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220700 PLUMBING INSULATION

221013 FACILITY FUEL PIPING

221100 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION

221300 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERAGE

221400 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE

221513 GENERAL SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING

223000 PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

224200 COMMERCIAL PLUMBING FIXTURES

DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING

230500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

230513 COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

230514 VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES




Comm. No. 600801



Page 5

230515 PIPING SPECIALTIES

230523 GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING

230529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230548 VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND

EQUIPMENT

230593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

230700 HVAC INSULATION

230913 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL DEVICES FOR HVAC

230923 DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM FOR HVAC

230993 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR HVAC CONTROLS

232113 HYDRONIC PIPING

232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS

232300 REFRIGERANT PIPING

232500 HVAC WATER TREATMENT

233100 HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS

233300 AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

233400 HVAC FANS

233516 ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEMS

233600 AIR TERMINAL UNITS

233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES

234100 PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION

235100 BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS AND STACKS

235200 HEATING BOILERS

235500 FUEL-FIRED HEATERS

237312 AIR HANDLING UNIT COILS

237423 SEMI-CUSTOM PACKAGED OUTDOOR CENTRAL-STATION AIR

HANDLING UNIT

238200 HEATING AND COOLING TERMINAL UNITS

238316 RADIANT HYDRONIC PIPING

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL

260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL

260519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES

260943.23 RELAY-BASED LIGHTING CONTROLS

262213 LOW-VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS

262416 PANELBOARDS

262726 WIRING DEVICES

262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS

263213.17 GASEOUS ENGINE GENERATORS

263600 TRANSFER SWITCHES

265100 INTERIOR LIGHTING

265600 EXTERIOR LIGHTING




Comm. No. 600801



Page 6

DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS

271116 COMMUNICATIONS RACKS, FRAMES, AND ENCLOSURES

271513 COMMUNICATIONS COPPER HORIZONTAL CABLING

271533 COMMUNICATIONS COAXIAL HORIZONTAL CABLING

275116 PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEMS

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

283100 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM

DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK

311000 SITE CLEARNING

312000 EARTH MOVING

312319 DEWATERING

315000 EXCAVATION SUPPORT AND PROTECTION

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

321216 ASPHALT PAVING

321313 CONCRETE PAVING

321373 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS

321400 UNIT PAVING

321723 PAVEMENT MARKINGS

323113 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES

323223 SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALLS

328400 PLANTING IRRIGATION

329200 TURF GRASSES

329300 PLANTS

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES

331113 FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING

331313 FACILITY SANITARY SEWERS

334100 STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING

334600 SUBDRAINAGE

END OF SECTION 000200


Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2 Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota

Comm. No. 600801

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 001113 – ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

Page 1

DOCUMENT 001113 - ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS

1.1 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Notice to Bidders: Qualified bidders may submit bids for project as described in this Document. Submit bids according to the Instructions to Bidders.

B. Project Identification: Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2.

1. Project Location: 9250 Courthouse Blvd, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077.

C. Owner: City of Inver Grove Heights.

1. Owner:

Judy Thill8150 Barbara AvenueInver Grove Heights, MN [email protected]

Joe Lynch 8150 Barbara Avenue Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077 [email protected]

D. Architect: Abby Hammes, (612) 332-1401, [email protected].

E. Owner's Representative: Paul Oberhaus (952) 854-3663, [email protected].

F. Project Description: Project consists of a new approximately 32,200 square foot Fire Station. The Fire Station is construction Type II B. It is two stories in height and has a basement.

G. Construction Contract: Bids will be received for the following Work:

1. General Contract (all trades).

1.2 BID SUBMITTAL AND OPENING

A. Owner will receive sealed lump sum bids until the bid time and date at the location given below. Owner will consider bids prepared in compliance with the Instructions to Bidders issued by Owner, and delivered as follows:

1. Bid Date: September 5, 2018.2. Bid Time: 2:00 p.m., local time.3. Location: Council Chambers, 9250 Courthouse BLVD, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077.

B. Bids will be thereafter publicly opened and read aloud.



Comm. No. 600801


Page 2

1.3 BID SECURITY

A. Bid security shall be submitted with each bid in the amount of 5 percent of the bid amount. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of 30 days after opening of bids. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids and to waive informalities and irregularities.

1.4 PREBID MEETING

A. Prebid Meeting: A Prebid meeting for all bidders will be held at Council Chambers, 9250 Courthouse BLVD, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077 on Thursday August 23 at 10:00 a.m., local time. Site visit to follow: 9250 Courthouse BLVD, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077. Prospective prime bidders are required to attend.

1. Bidders' Questions: Architect will provide responses at Prebid conference to bidders'questions received up to two business days prior to conference.

1.5 DOCUMENTS

A. Online Procurement and Contracting Documents: On Tuesday August 07, 2018. A complete set of Contract Documents are available to order on the Franz Public Plan Room at www.franzrepro.com. An electronic download is also available for $15.00 by selecting electronic delivery as your delivery method on your online order. Franz Reprographics is located at 2781 Freeway Blvd., Brooklyn Center, MN 55430, 763-503-3401.

1. You must complete the checkout process for plan downloads or you will not be notifiedwhen Addenda are issued. Addenda and a Plan Holder list will be posted at Franz PublicPlan Room, and plan rooms listed below. The plan holders list at Franz will only bethose whom ordered and logged in through Franz. Each plan room will have a differentplan holders list. Contact the appropriate plan room for their plan holders list.

2. Contact Franz Reprographics at 763-503-3401 with any Franz Public Plan Roomdownloading or ordering questions.

B. Viewing Procurement and Contracting Documents: Examine after Tuesday August 7, at the locations below:

1. Wendel, Minneapolis, MN.2. Albert Lea Builders Exchange, Albert Lea, MN3. Austin Builders Exchange, Austin, MN4. Builders Exchange of Rochester, Rochester, MN5. ISQFT & AGC of MN Planroom6. Mankato Builders Exchange, Mankato, MN7. Mid Minnesota Builders Exchange, Willmar, MN8. Minnesota Builders Exchange, Minneapolis, MN9. South Central Builders Exchange, Fairmont, MN10. St. Cloud Builders Exchange, St. Cloud, MN



Comm. No. 600801


Page 3

1.6 TIME OF COMPLETION

A. Successful bidder shall begin the Work on receipt of the Notice to Proceed and shall complete the Work within the Contract Time.

1.7 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS

A. Bidders must be properly licensed under the laws governing their respective trades and be able to obtain insurance and bonds required for the Work. A Performance Bond, separate Labor and Material Payment Bond, and Insurance in a form acceptable to Owner will be required of the successful Bidder.

1.8 WAGE RATES

A. This contract will be subject to the Project Labor Agreement and Prevailing Wages.

B. A required preconstruction meeting will be held between The City of Inver Grove Heights and the selected Contractor to review the payroll requirements to meet these and other standards required for this project

C. The Project Labor Agreement and Prevailing Wage Schedule provided following this section, must be utilized for this project. The City of Inver Grove Heights is to be notified of any classifications necessary for completion of this project but not listed the schedule. Sub-contractors are also required to notify City of Inver Grove Heights a minimum of 30 days prior to starting their work if classifications they are providing are not listed.

1.9 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS

A. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all bids, accept any bid, waive informalities in bids submitted, and waive minor discrepancies in bidding procedures, as it deems to be in its best interest. Each bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the Owner, the Architect and respective consultants and employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation or recommendation of any bid.

1.10 BASIS OF AWARD

A. Award of contract will be at the sole discretion of the Owner without explanation.

1.11 NOTIFICATION

A. This Advertisement for Bids document is issued by City of Inver Grove Heights.



Comm. No. 600801


Page 4

END OF DOCUMENT 001113

Associate Principal

08/07/18




Comm. No. 600801


SECTION 002213 – SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

Page 1


The following Supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the “Instruction to Bidders, AIA

Document A701 - 1997. Where any Article of the Instruction to Bidders is modified or any paragraph,

subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Instructions, the unaltered

provisions of that Article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS

1. Replace Paragraph 1.1 with the following:

“1.1 Bidding Documents are the proposed Contract Documents, which consist of the

following:

1.1.1 Bidding Requirements, including Advertisement for Bid, Instructions to Bidders,

Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form and other sample bidding and contract

forms.

1.1.2 Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, General Conditions,

Supplementary General Conditions, Special Conditions and other Conditions, Drawings,

Specifications and Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract.”

ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS

1. Paragraph 3.1 COPIES

A. Subparagraph 3.1.1: Revise the second sentence to read as follows:

“The deposit will be refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the

Bidding Documents in good condition within thirty (30) days following the award of the

Contract or rejection of bids.

2. Paragraph 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS

A. Revise Subparagraph 3.2.2 to read as follows:

"3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding

Documents shall submit a request for information via e-mail only, using form included in

the documents immediately following Section 013100, to the e-mail address shown on the

form. Faxes and verbal requests will not be answered. Requests for information must be

received no later than seven days prior to the date for receipt of bids."

B. Add the following Subparagraph:

3.2.4 Upon submission of this bid or proposal, the Contractor is deemed to be a qualified

expert in his profession and to have estimated the more expensive way of doing work in




Comm. No. 600801



Page 2

order to provide the intent of the Contract Documents as defined in the General Conditions,

unless he shall have asked for and obtained written decision clarifying a conflict within or

between Contract Documents before submission of his bid or proposal, as to which method

or materials will be required.”

3. Paragraph 3.4 ADDENDA

A. Subparagraph 3.4.1: add the following to this sub-paragraph:

"Failure of any bidder to receive addenda shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation

under his bid as submitted."

ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES

1. Paragraph 4.2 BID SECURITY

A. Subparagraph 4.2.2: delete and replace the following to the sub-paragraph:

“Bid security may be a Bid Bond on AIA A310 from a company listed on Treasury Circular

570, Certified Check or Cashiers Check, made payable to the Owner.”

B. Subparagraph 4.2.3: delete and replace the following to the sub-paragraph:

“Bid security shall be submitted with the understanding that:

1. It shall guarantee that the bidder will not withdraw his bid for the time specified in

the Advertisement for Bidders after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids.

2. If his bid is accepted, he will enter into a formal contract with the Owner in

accordance with the Form of Agreement included as a part of the Contract

Documents.

3. The required Performance and Payment Bonds will be executed and submitted.

4. The failure to enter into said contract and give said bond within ten (10) days after

he has received notice of the acceptance of his Bid shall cause the bidders to be

liable to the Owner for the full amount of the bid guarantee as representing the

damage to the Owner due to default of the bidder in any particular hereof.”

C. Add the following sub-paragraph:

“4.2.4 The Bid Bonds and checks shall be returned to all except the three (3) lowest

bidders within three (3) days after the specified time for receipt of bids.”

D. Add the following sub-paragraph:

“4.2.5 The remaining Bid Bonds and checks will be returned to the three (3) lowest

bidders within forty-eight (48) hours after the Owner and the accepted bidder have




Comm. No. 600801



Page 3

executed the contract and the executed Performance and Payment Bonds have been

approved by the Owner.”

E. Add the following sub-paragraph:

“4.2.6 If the required Contract and Bonds have not been approved by the Owner within

the specified bid guarantee time, then the bond or check of any bidder will be returned upon

his request, provided he has not been notified of the acceptance of his Bid prior to the date

of such request.”

2. Paragraph 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS

A. Add the following sub-paragraph:

“4.3.5 Bids shall be submitted on three Bid Forms.”

ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS

1. Paragraph 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD)

A. Subparagraph 5.3.1: Add the following to this paragraph:

“The lowest qualified bidder shall be determined by adding together the Base Bid and any

alternates that are accepted by the Owner.

B. Add the following new subparagraph:

“5.3.3 Pre-Award Meeting: Prior to Notice of Award, a Pre-Award Meeting will be held

with the apparent low bidder, the Owner and the Architect. The purpose of the meeting is to

review and scrutinize the bid to determine the bidder’s understanding of the requirements of

the Contract Documents, and to evaluate the bidder’s ability to satisfactorily complete the

project. Items to be discussed include, but are not limited to the following:

.1 All significant portions of the work will be reviewed to determine if the materials,

products and equipment to be provided are those specified in the Contract

Documents. Acceptability of proposed substitutions will be discussed.

.2 The bidder’s complete cost breakdown will be reviewed to determine if all

significant portions of the work appear to be included.

.3 The timing and requirements of submittals required prior to Contract Award,

Notice to Proceed and mobilization will be discussed, including but not limited to

insurance certificates, performance and payment bonds, schedule of values,

submittal schedule, preliminary project schedule, safety program, list of staff

assignments and responsibilities, and identification of long lead times.

.4 Existing conditions at the project site and requirements for mobilization will also

be discussed.




Comm. No. 600801



Page 4

.5 Failure to participate in the Pre-Award Contractor meeting will result in rejection

of Bid and forfeiture of Bid Bond.”

C. Add the following subparagraph:

“5.3.4 Submittals required for the Pre-Award Meeting are identified in Paragraph 6.3

SUBMITTALS as modified below and must be brought to the meeting by the apparent low

bidder. Minutes of the meeting will be recorded and submitted for review by all parties at

the meeting. Upon acceptance by all parties, these minutes will become part of the Contract

Documents."

ARTICLE 6 POST BID INFORMATION

1. Paragraph 6.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Sub-Paragraph 6.3.1: Delete in its entirety and replace with the following:

“6.3.1 The apparent low Bidder shall, at the Pre-Award Meeting, submit the following

information to the Architect:

1. A designation of the work to be performed by the Bidder with his own forces;

2. A list of names of Subcontractors or other persons or entities proposed to provide

materials, products or equipment and perform portions of the work;

3. A properly executed Contractor’s Qualification Statement.

4. A complete cost breakdown of the bid.

B. Subparagraph 6.3.3: Delete in its entirety.

ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND

1. Paragraph 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS

A. Subparagraph 7.1.1: Delete in its entirety and replace with the following:

“7.1.1 The successful bidder shall furnish and maintain a Performance Bond and a Labor

and Material Payment Bond in the amount of 100% of the contract amount on AIA form

A312, with all premiums paid by the Bidder. The surety for the Bonds shall be a duly

authorized surety company satisfactory to the Owner, licensed to do business in the State of

Minnesota and listed in the latest issue of the U.S. Treasury Circular No. 570.”

B. Subparagraph 7.1.3: Delete in its entirety.

2. Paragraph 7.2 TIME AND DELIVERY OF BONDS

A. Subparagraph 7.2.1: Delete in its entirety and replace with the following:




Comm. No. 600801



Page 5

“7.2.1 Bonds need to be submitted and approved prior to Owner execution of the Contract.

The Work shall be commenced in response to a “Notice to Proceed”, and the bidder shall

certify on an executed copy of the Notice to Proceed that he can and will provide the

required bonds.”

END OF SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS

[PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




Comm. No. 600801


SECTION 002213.3 – PREVAILING WAGE RATES

Page 1 of 1

PREVAILING WAGE RATES

1. COMPLIANCE WITH STATE AND MUNICIPAL ORDINANCES

A. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law shall be deemed to be inserted

herein and the contract shall be read and enforced as though it was included therein.

2. WAGE SCALE

A. The minimum wage rates to be paid for all work under this Contract shall conform to the

Project Labor Agreement with the City of Inver Grove Heights and the Prevailing Rate

Schedule published by the State of Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry. The Project

Labor Agreement and Prevailing Rate Schedule immediately follow this page.

B. Wages paid each mechanic or laborer of the Contractor or subcontractor engaged in work

under this Contract shall not be less than wages required by the Project Labor Agreement.

If there are wages not covered by the Project Labor Agreement, the minimum wage

rates shall be the prevailing wage rates determined by the Minnesota Department of

Labor and Industry pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 177.41 et seq. (the state wages rates). This

is regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the

Contractor or a subcontractor and such laborers or mechanics.

C. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining the updated schedule on the Department of

Labor’s web site,

http://workplace.doli.state.mn.us/prevwage/commercial_data.php?county=19 . Updates are

not available in any other manner. The wage rates and supplemental benefits to be paid shall

always be those prevailing at the time work is being performed.

AIA®

Document A305TM – 1986 Contractor's Qualification Statement

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and DeletionsReport that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed.

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

This form is approved and recommended by the American Institute of Architects (AIA) and The Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) for use in evaluating the qualifications of contractors. No endorsement of the submitting party or verification of the information is made by AIA or AGC.

The Undersigned certifies under oath that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading.

SUBMITTED TO: « »

ADDRESS: « »

SUBMITTED BY: « »

NAME: « »

ADDRESS: « »

PRINCIPAL OFFICE: « »

[ « » ] Corporation

[ « » ] Partnership

[ « » ] Individual

[ « » ] Joint Venture

[ « » ] Other « »

NAME OF PROJECT: (if applicable) « »

TYPE OF WORK: (file separate form for each Classification of Work)

[ « » ] General Construction

[ « » ] HVAC

[ « » ] Electrical

[ « » ] Plumbing

[ « » ] Other: (Specify) « »

§ 1 ORGANIZATION§ 1.1 How many years has your organization been in business as a Contractor? « »

§ 1.2 How many years has your organization been in business under its present businessname? « »

§ 1.2.1 Under what other or former names has your organization operated?

« »

§ 1.3 If your organization is a corporation, answer the following:§ 1.3.1 Date of incorporation: « »§ 1.3.2 State of incorporation: « »

AIA Document A305™ – 1986. Copyright © 1964, 1969, 1979 and 1986 byThe American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA®

Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:57:56 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1097090379)

1

ELECTRONIC COPYING of any portion of this AIA® Document to another electronic file is prohibited and constitutes a violation of copyright laws as set forth in the footer of this document.

§ 1.3.3 President's name: « »§ 1.3.4 Vice-president's name(s)

« »

§ 1.3.5 Secretary's name: « »§ 1.3.6 Treasurer's name: « »

§ 1.4 If your organization is a partnership, answer the following:§ 1.4.1 Date of organization: « »§ 1.4.2 Type of partnership (if applicable): « »§ 1.4.3 Name(s) of general partner(s)

« »

§ 1.5 If your organization is individually owned, answer the following:§ 1.5.1 Date of organization: « »§ 1.5.2 Name of owner:

« »

§ 1.6 If the form of your organization is other than those listed above, describe it and name the principals:

« »

§ 2 LICENSING§ 2.1 List jurisdictions and trade categories in which your organization is legally qualified to do business, andindicate registration or license numbers, if applicable.

« »

§ 2.2 List jurisdictions in which your organization's partnership or trade name is filed.

« »

§ 3 EXPERIENCE§ 3.1 List the categories of work that your organization normally performs with its own forces.

« »

§ 3.2 Claims and Suits. (If the answer to any of the questions below is yes, please attach details.)§ 3.2.1 Has your organization ever failed to complete any work awarded to it?

« »

§ 3.2.2 Are there any judgments, claims, arbitration proceedings or suits pending or outstanding againstyour organization or its officers?

« »

§ 3.2.3 Has your organization filed any law suits or requested arbitration with regard to constructioncontracts within the last five years?

« »

§ 3.3 Within the last five years, has any officer or principal of your organization ever been an officer or principal ofanother organization when it failed to complete a construction contract? (If the answer is yes, please attach details.)



2

« »

§ 3.4 On a separate sheet, list major construction projects your organization has in progress, giving the name ofproject, owner, architect, contract amount, percent complete and scheduled completion date.

« »

§ 3.4.1 State total worth of work in progress and under contract:

« »

§ 3.5 On a separate sheet, list the major projects your organization has completed in the past five years, giving thename of project, owner, architect, contract amount, date of completion and percentage of the cost of the work performed with your own forces.

« »

§ 3.5.1 State average annual amount of construction work performed during the past five years:

« »

§ 3.6 On a separate sheet, list the construction experience and present commitments of the key individuals of yourorganization.

« »

§ 4 REFERENCES§ 4.1 Trade References:

« »

§ 4.2 Bank References:

« »

§ 4.3 Surety:§ 4.3.1 Name of bonding company:

« »

§ 4.3.2 Name and address of agent:

« »

§ 5 FINANCING§ 5.1 Financial Statement.

§ 5.1.1 Attach a financial statement, preferably audited, including your organization's latest balance sheetand income statement showing the following items:

Current Assets (e.g., cash, joint venture accounts, accounts receivable, notes receivable, accrued income, deposits, materials inventory and prepaid expenses);

Net Fixed Assets;

Other Assets;

Current Liabilities (e.g., accounts payable, notes payable, accrued expenses, provision for income taxes, advances, accrued salaries and accrued payroll taxes);



3

Other Liabilities (e.g., capital, capital stock, authorized and outstanding shares par values, earned surplus and retained earnings).

§ 5.1.2 Name and address of firm preparing attached financial statement, and date thereof:

« »

§ 5.1.3 Is the attached financial statement for the identical organization named on page one?

« »

§ 5.1.4 If not, explain the relationship and financial responsibility of the organization whose financialstatement is provided (e.g., parent-subsidiary).

« »

§ 5.2 Will the organization whose financial statement is attached act as guarantor of the contract for construction?

« »

§ 6 SIGNATURE§ 6.1 Dated at this « » day of « » « »

Name of Organization: « »

By: « »

Title: « »

§ 6.2

« »

M « » being duly sworn deposes and says that the information provided herein is true and sufficiently complete so as not to be misleading.

Subscribed and sworn before me this « » day of « » « »

Notary Public: « »

My Commission Expires: « »



4

City of Inver Grove Heights Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2

Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota Comm. No. 600801


SECTION 004113 – BID FORM Page 1

BID FORM General Construction Contract

To: City of Inver Grove Heights, 8150 Barbara Avenue, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55007.

In compliance with the Advertisement for Bids, the undersigned:

____________________________________________________________________________________ (Name of firm, partnership or Corporation)

hereby proposes to furnish all supervision, labor, materials, plant, tools, equipment, transportation, overhead and profit, and other facilities related to, proper for, or incidental to the General Construction Work for the Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2, in strict accordance with the Project Manuals dated August 07, 2018, as issued for bid on August 07, 2018, and the Drawings mentioned therein, and including any subsequently issued addenda for consideration of the following Lump Sum amount:

BASE BID ___________________________________________________Dollars ($_____________)

ALTERNATES: Refer to Division 01 Section "Alternates" for complete description.

Alternate No. 1: Exterior Training Area.

ADD/DELETE_________________________________________________Dollars ($_____________)

Alternate No. 2: Additional Basement Area.

ADD/DEDUCT ________________________________________________Dollars ($_____________)

Alternate No. 3: Four-fold doors at Apparatus Bay.

ADD/DEDUCT ________________________________________________Dollars ($_____________)

The Bidder agrees that this Proposal shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days from the date of Bid opening. Furthermore, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of written notice of acceptance of this bid, execute a contract in the form specified and submit specified Performance and Payment Bonds. The undersigned also agrees that the alternate prices on this proposal shall be valid and will not increase for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of Bid opening.

The Bidder understands that the Owner specifically reserves the right to reject any and all Bids and to waive any informality therein.

The undersigned agrees to complete the work in accordance with the time period specified in

user

Typewritten Text

Jorgenson Construction Inc.





Section 011000 "Summary".

Addendum Receipt: The receipt of the following addenda to the Specifications is acknowledged:

Addendum No. ______ Date __________ Addendum No. _____ Date __________



Submittals as required by the Instructions/Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, shall be completed and delivered to the Architect, by the two (2) low bidders, within three (3) working days after the Bid opening.

Dated _______________, 20___ ____________________________________________________ Legal name of person, partnership or corporation

(Sign Bid Here) By: ____________________________________________________ Name and Title

Legal Business Address: ____________________________________________________ Street

____________________________________________________ City and State

____________________________________________________ Phone Number

user

Typewritten Text

18/17/18

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

28/22/18

user

Typewritten Text

38/28/18

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

Sept. 5th 18

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text


user

Typewritten Text

Bonnie L. Jorgenson,

user

Typewritten Text

Corporate Secretary

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

9255 East River Road NW

user

Typewritten Text

Minneapolis, MN 55433

user

Typewritten Text

763-784-3877

user

Typewritten Text





IF BIDDER IS A FIRM OR PARTNERSHIP, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Members or Partners Legal Residence

______________________________ ____________________________________

______________________________ ____________________________________

______________________________ ____________________________________

______________________________ ____________________________________

IF BIDDER IS A CORPORATION, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

State of Incorporation: _________________________________________________

Name and Title Legal Residence ______________________________ ____________________________________ President ______________________________ ____________________________________ Vice President ______________________________ ____________________________________ Secretary

user

Typewritten Text

Minnesota

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

Stanley M. Jorgenson, President

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

Andover, MN

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

user

Typewritten Text

Dwayne B. Kanne, Vice President

user

Typewritten Text

Edina, MN

user

Typewritten Text

Bonnie L. Jorgenson, Corporate Secretary

user

Typewritten Text

Andover, MN

user

Typewritten Text





BID PROPOSAL CERTIFICATIONS

Firm Name ____________________________________________________________________

Business Address ______________________________________________________________

Telephone Number ________________________ Date of Bid _______________________

I. General Bid Certification

The bidder certifies that he will furnish, at the prices herein quoted, the materials, equipment and/or services as proposed on this bid.

II. Non-Collusive Bidding Certifications

By submission of this bid proposal, the bidder also certifies compliance with the following:

Statement of non-collusion in bids and proposals to political subdivision of the state. Every bid or proposal hereafter made to a political subdivision of the state or any public department, agency or official thereof where competitive bidding is required by statute, rule, regulation, or local law, for work or services performed or to be performed or goods sold or to be sold, shall contain the following statement subscribed by the bidder and affirmed by such bidder as true under the penalties of perjury: Non-collusive bidding certification.

(a) By submission of this bid, each bidder and each person signing on behalf of any bidder certifies, and in the case of a joint bid, each party thereto certifies as to its own organization, under penalty of perjury, that to the best of knowledge and belief:

(1) The prices in this bid have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communication or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition, as to any matter relating to such prices with any other bidder or with any competitor;

(2) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in this bid have not been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder prior to opening, directly or indirectly, to any other bidder to any competitor; and

(4) No attempt has been made or will be made by the bidder to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit a bid for the purpose of restricting competition. (b) A bid shall not be considered for award nor shall any award be made where (a) (1) (2) and (3) above have not been complied with; provided, however, that if in any case the bidder cannot make the foregoing certification, the bidder shall so state and shall furnish with the bid a signed statement which sets forth in detail the reasons therefore. Where (a) (1) (2) and (3) above have not been complied with, the bid shall not be considered for award nor shall any award be made unless the head of the purchasing unit of the political subdivision, public department, agency or official thereof to which the bid is made, or his designee, determines that such disclosure was not made for the purpose of restricting completions.

user

Typewritten Text


user

Typewritten Text

9255 East River Road NW, Minneapolis, MN 55433

user

Typewritten Text

763-784-38779/5/18





The fact that a bidder (a) has published price lists, rates, or tariffs covering items being procured, (b) has informed prospective customers of proposed or pending publication of new or revised price lists for such items, or (c) has sold the same items to other customers at the same prices being bid, does not constitute, without more, a disclosure within the meaning subparagraph one (a).

2. Any bid hereafter made to any political subdivision of the state or any public department, agency or official thereof by a corporate bidder for work of services performed or to be performed or goods sold or not to be sold, where competitive bidding is required by statute, rule, regulation, or local law, and where such bid contains the certification referred to in subdivision one of the section, shall be deemed to have been authorized by the board of directors of the bidder, and such authorization shall be deemed the board of directors of the bidder, and such authorization shall be deemed to include the signing and submission of the bid and the inclusion therein of the certificate as to non-collusion as the act and deed of the corporation.

Signature (Authorized) _______________________________________

Title ______________________________________________________

user

Typewritten Text


user

Typewritten Text





WAIVER OF IMMUNITY CLAUSE

The bidder hereby agrees to the provisions of the applicable General Municipal Law which requires that upon the refusal of person, when called before a grand Jury to testify concerning any transaction or contract had with the State, any political subdivision thereof, a public authority or with any public depart-ment, agency or official of the state or of any political subdivision thereof or of a public authority, to sign a waiver of immunity against subsequent criminal prosecution or to answer any relevant question concerning such transaction or contract.

(a) Such person, any firm, partnership, or corporation of which he is a member, partner, director or officer shall be disqualified from thereafter selling to or submitting bids to or receiving awards from or entering into any contracts with any municipal corporation or any public department, agency or official thereof, for goods, work or services, for a period of five years after such refusal, and

(b) Any and all contracts made with any municipal corporation or any public department, agency or official thereof, since the effective date of this law, by such person, and by any firm, partnership, or corporation of which he is a member, partner, director of officer may be canceled or terminated by the municipal corporation without incurring any penalty or damages on account of such cancellation or termination, but any monies owing by the municipal corporation for goods delivered or work done prior to the cancellation or termination shall be paid.

__________________________________________ Individual

__________________________________________ Corporation

Date ___________________ By: __________________________________________

user

Typewritten Text


user

Typewritten Text


user

Typewritten Text

9/5/18

user

Typewritten Text

Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No.2

004113-7

AFFIRMATIVE ACTION AGREEMENT Firm Name: _____________________________________________________________

Business Address: ________________________________________________________

Telephone Number: _____________________________ Non-discrimination Clauses:

1. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, creed, sex, color or national origin and will take affirmative action to insure that they are afforded equal employment opportunities without discrimination because of race, creed, sex, color or national origin. Such action shall be taken with reference, but not limited to: recruitment, employment, job assignment, promotion, upgrading, demotion, transfer, layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training or retraining, including apprenticeship and on-the-job training.

2. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has or is bound by a collective bargaining or other agreement or understanding, a notice, to be provided by the State Commission for Human Rights, advising such labor union or representative of the Contractor's agreement under clauses (1) through (7) (hereinafter called "non-discrimination clauses"). If the Contractor was directed to do so by the contracting agency as part of the bid or negotiation of this Contract, the Contractor shall request such labor union or representative to furnish him with a written statement that such labor union or representative will not discriminate because of race, creed, sex, color or national origin and that such labor union or representative either will affirmatively cooperate, within the limits of its legal and contractual authority, in the implementation of the policy and provisions of these non-discrimination clauses or that it consents and agrees that recruitment, employment and the terms and conditions of employment under this Contract shall be in accordance with the purposes and provisions of these non-discrimination clauses. If such labor union or representative fails or refuses to comply with such a request that it furnish such a statement, the Contractor shall promptly notify the State Commission for Human Rights of such failure or refusal.

3. The Contractor will post and keep posted in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the State Commission for Human Rights setting forth the substance of the provisions of clauses (1) and (2) and such provisions of the State's laws against discrimination as the State Commission for Human Rights shall determine.

4. The Contractor will state, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, that all qualified applicants will be afforded equal employment opportunities without discrimination because of race, creed, sex, color or national origin.

5. The Contractor will comply with the provisions of Sections 291-299 of the Executive Law and the Civil Rights Law, will furnish all information and reports deemed necessary by the State Commission for Human Rights under these non-discrimination clauses and such sections of the Executive Law, and will permit access to his books, records and accounts by the State Commission for Human Rights, the Attorney General and the Industrial Commissioner for the purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with these non-discrimination clauses and such

user

Typewritten Text


user

Typewritten Text

9255 East River Road NW, Minneapolis, MN 55433

user

Typewritten Text

763-784-3877

Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No.2

004113-8

sections of the Executive Law and Civil Rights Law.

6. This Contract may be forthwith canceled, terminated or suspended, in whole or in part, by the contracting agency upon the basis of a finding made by the State Commission for Human Rights that the Contractor has not complied with these non-discrimination clauses, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for future contracts made by or on behalf of the State or a public authority or agency of the state, until he satisfies the State Commission for Human Rights that he has established and is carrying out a program in conformity with the provisions of these non-discrimination clauses. Such finding shall be made by the State Commission for Human Rights after conciliation efforts by the Commission have failed to achieve compliance with these non-discrimination clauses and after a verified complaint has been filed with the Commission, notice thereof has been given to the Contractor and an opportunity has been afforded him to be heard publicly before three members of the Commission. Such sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked dependently of or in addition to sanctions and remedies otherwise provided by law.

7. The Contractor will include the provisions of clauses (1) through (6) in every subcontract or purchase order in such a manner that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor as to operations to be performed within the State of New York. The Contractor will take such action in enforcing such provisions of such subcontract or purchase order as the contracting agency may direct, including sanctions or remedies for non-compliance. If the Contractor becomes involved in or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the contracting agency, the Contractor shall promptly so notify the Attorney General, requesting him to intervene and protect the interests of the State of New York.

Signature (Authorized): ________________________________

Title: _______________________________________________

END OF BID FORM

user

Typewritten Text


AIA®

Document A310TM – 2010 Bid Bond

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed.


Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable.

CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address)

SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal place of business)

« »« » « »

« »« » « »

OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) « »« » « » BOND AMOUNT: $ « » PROJECT: (Name, location or address, and Project number, if any) « » « » « » The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein. The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in the bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (1) enters into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surety admitted in the jurisdiction of the Project and otherwise acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety’s consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days. If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor’s bid to a Contractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond.

AIA Document A310™ – 2010. Copyright © 1963, 1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:57:59 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1180064121)

1


Signed and sealed this « » day of « » , « »

« »

(Contractor as Principal) (Seal)

« » (Witness) (Title)

« »

(Surety) (Seal)

« » (Witness) (Title)

AIA Document A310™ – 2010. Copyright © 1963, 1970 and 2010 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:57:59 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1180064121)

2



SECTION 006320 - PRE-BID SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM

PROJECT: City of Inver Grove Heights Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2. Inver Grove Heights, MN

TO: Wendel 401 2nd Avenue North, Suite 206, Minneapolis, MN 55401

Comm. No: #600801 Date: _____________________

We hereby submit for your consideration the following pre-bid product instead of the specified item for the above-mentioned project. Specification Section and Paragraph: Drawings and Details affected: Proposed Substitution/Description: Manufacturer's Name:

WHY IS PRE-BID SUBSTITUTION BEING SUBMITTED? (Select 1 of the following):

Pre-Bid Substitution (Prior Approval): Include detailed analysis comparing proposed substitution against specified product including redlined Specification Section showing differences.

Specified product is not available. Explain in detail using attached letter. Cost savings to Owner. Indicate comparative cost analysis as attachment. Other. Explain:

EFFECTS OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION Attach complete explanations and technical data, including laboratory test, if applicable. Include complete information changes to Drawings and/or Specification that proposed substitution would require for its proper installation. Fill in blanks below: A. Does substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? No Yes B. Will undersigned pay for changes to building design, including engineering and detailing costs caused by re-

quested substitution? No Yes C. What affect does substitution have on other trades? D. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? E. Manufacturer’s guarantees of proposed and specified items are: Same Different (explain on attachment)

The undersigned states that function, appearance, and quality are equivalent or superior to specified item.

SUBMITTED BY: For Architect's use: (Include name, address, e-mail, telephone, and contract person Accepted Accepted as noted of manufacturer/supplier of proposed substitution) Not accepted Received too late Incomplete information No substitutions accepted for this Reviewed by/date: Comments: Submitted by:

Subcontractor’s signature and date: Contractor’s signature and date:


SECTION 006320 – PRE-BID SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Page 1

Associate Principal

08/07/18



SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

The following Supplements modify, change, delete from or add to the “General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,” AIA Document A201, 2007 Edition. Where any Article of the General Conditions is modified or any paragraph, subparagraph or clause thereof is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered provisions of that Article, paragraph, subparagraph or clause shall remain in effect.

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS

PARAGRAPH 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS

A. Sub-paragraph 1.1.1: Line 2, before “Agreement,” insert “the Bidding Requirements (Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, Completed Bid Form, Bid Bond, completed Contractor’s Qualification Statement, and other sample forms). Delete the last sentence in its entirety.

PARAGRAPH 2 OWNER

PARAGRAPH 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER

A. Sub-Paragraph 2.2.2: Add the following to the beginning of the paragraph:

“If required by the nature of the Work,”

ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR

PARAGRAPH 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR

A. Subparagraph 3.2.2: Add the following at the end:

“If the Contractor fails to make such report, no excuse will thereafter be entertained by Owner or Architect for failure to carry out the work in satisfactory manner. Should conflict occur within or between Contract Documents, the Contractor is deemed to have estimated on more expensive way of doing work, unless the Contractor asked for and obtained written decision before submission of proposal as to which method or materials will be required.”

PARAGRAPH 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES

A. Subparagraph 3.3.1, Last Sentence: After “proceed” insert “by the Owner.”

B. Subparagraph 3.3.2: After “performing” insert “any.”

PARAGRAPH 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 008000 – SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS

Page 1



A. Subparagraph 3.4.2: Delete in its entirety and substitute the following:

“3.4.2 The Contractor may propose substitutions in accordance with the requirements for substitutions in Division 1 Specifications.”

PARAGRAPH 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT

A. Subparagraph 3.9.3: Add the following at the end: “Proposed changes of Superintendents shall follow the same review procedures as in 3.9.2”.

PARAGRAPH 3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES

A. This paragraph is supplemented by Division 1 Specifications.

PARAGRAPH 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES


PARAGRAPH 3.15 CLEANING UP


PARAGRAPH 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION

A. Delete subparagraph 3.18.1 and replace with the following:

“3.18.1 Notwithstanding the limits of any insurance provided or maintained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect’s Consultants and officers, employees, members and agents of any of them from and against all claims, actions, liabilities, damages, and costs (including, but not limited to, attorneys fees) of every nature and description arising out of or resulting from the acts, omissions, or negligence of the Contractor or his/her employees or agents or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. The Contractor’s duties and obligations pursuant to this subparagraph shall survive the termination or expiration of this agreement and shall not be limited by any provision herein requiring the Contractor to maintain specific insurance coverages.”

ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT

PARAGRAPH 4.1 GENERAL

A. Subparagraph 4.1.2, First Sentence: Delete “Contractor.”

PARAGRAPH 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT


Page 2



A. Change title of this Paragraph from “Administration of the Contract” to “Services of The Architect.”

B. Subparagraph 4.2.1

1. First Sentence: Change “administration of the Contract” to “professional services.”

C. Subparagraph 4.2.12: Delete last sentence and substitute the following:

“When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will not show partiality to either the Owner or Contractor, and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions so rendered in good faith.”

ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS

A. Subparagraph 5.1.1: Delete the first sentence and substitute the following:

“A Subcontractor is any person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform any portion of the Work.”

ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS

PARAGRAPH 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY

A. Subparagraph 6.2.2, Last Sentence: After “Contractor,” change “so to” to “to so.”

PARAGRAPH 6.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP

A. Last Line: Delete balance of sentence after “the Owner,” and replace with “may elect to complete such clean up with his/her own forces, or to contract with others for this service, either on a specific occasion, or for the balance of the project. In either event, the Architect shall determine, at his/her sole discretion, what portion of these costs shall be back charged to each Contractor.”

ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK

PARAGRAPH 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES

A. Subparagraph 7.3.7: Delete and substitute the following:

“7.3.7 If none of the methods set forth in clauses 7.3.3.1, 7.3.3.2 or 7.3.3.3 are agreed upon for determining the cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change in the work, the cost or credit shall be determined as follows:

7.3.7.1 For charges resulting in additional cost to the Owner, the cost shall be the actual computed cost and shall include the following:


Page 3



.1 Labor, including foreman, (including Supplements).

.2 Materials entering permanently into the work.

.3 Use of equipment employed directly on the work.

.4 Power and consumable supplies for the operation of power equipment.

.5 Insurance (Worker’s Compensation, Social Security and Unemployment Insurance).

.6 Sales taxes and other local taxes (if applicable).

.7 For work performed by the Contractor with his/her own forces, there shall be added a percentage fee for the Contractor equal to 10 percent of items (.1) through (.5) above.

.8 For work performed by a Subcontractor, there shall be added a percentage fee for the Subcontractor equal to 10 percent of items (.1) through (.5) above. To this total amount there shall be added an additional percentage fee of 5 percent for the Contractor.

.9 The percentage fee shall be compensation to cover the cost of supervision, overhead, profit and any other general expenses, which are not included in the cost of the work as defined above. Bond costs shall be added or deducted from the total cost of the change directive.

.10 The percentage fees as indicated herein shall also apply to Sub-Paragraph 7.3.3.

.11 Nothing in this article shall excuse the Contractor from proceeding with the extra work as directed.

.12 If Contractors are requested to submit lump sum proposal for extra work, such proposals shall include a detailed breakdown for all labor, materials and equipment, including a breakdown of subcontractors’ prices.”

7.3.7.2 For changes resulting in a credit to the Owner, the cost shall be the estimated costs as they would have been expended according to 7.3.7.1, or the value or prorated value of said work submitted in the Contractor’s Schedule of Values, whichever is greater.”

ARTICLE 8 TIME

PARAGRAPH 8.3. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME

A. Subparagraph 8.3.1: After “mediation”, delete “and arbitration”.

B. Subparagraph 8.3.1: Add the following at the end:


Page 4



“If however, such delays are deemed to be the responsibility of the contractor, then, in addition to any other remedy the Owner may seek, compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby shall be at the Contractor’s expense.

ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION

PARAGRAPH 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Subparagraph 9.3.1: Add the following Clauses 9.3.1.3 and 9.3.1.4:

“9.3.1.3 Each application for payment shall include such instruments, evidence, and materials as the Owner, Owner’s lender, or the title insurer shall require, including, without limitation, such requisition forms, disbursement requests, indemnities (including evidence of All Risk physical damage insurance coverage on materials and equipment stored off-site), and undertakings as they may specify and an estimate of the total labor done and materials stored at the site (or other location approved in writing by the Owner) or installed in the building, less costs for payment which has been made, and also less retainage specified in 9.6.3. All Applications for Payment shall be made on and in compliance with AIA Form G702, current edition, unless otherwise specifically defined. Owner will advise Contractor in advance of what documentation it, its lender, or the title insurer will require with each payment application. Contractor shall supply such additional documentation and information as Owner’s lender or its inspecting architect shall request in connection with each disbursement to the Contractor. Each application for payment shall be accompanied by the following, all in form and substance satisfactory to the Owner:

.1 A current Contractor’s lien waiver and duly executed and acknowledged sworn statement showing all Subcontractors and materialmen with whom the Contractor has entered in subcontracts, the amount of each subcontract, the amount requested for any Subcontractor and materialmen in the requested progress payment and the amount to be paid to the Contractor for such progress payment, together with similar sworn statements from all such Subcontractors and materialmen;

.2 Duly executed waivers of mechanic’s lien and materialmen’s liens from all Subcontractors and, when appropriate, from materialmen and lower tier Subcontractors establishing payment or satisfaction of payment of all amounts requested by the Contractor on behalf of such entities or persons in any previous Application for Payment: and

.3 All information and materials required to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or reasonably requested by the Owner or the Architect”

“9.3.1.4 Contractors shall review a rough draft of each Application for Payment with the Owner’s full time field representative and have it signed by him/her. The signed rough draft shall be submitted to the Architect along with the Application for Payment”.

PARAGRAPH 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT


Page 5



A. Subparagraph 9.4.1: Delete remainder of sentence following “copy to the Contractor” and substitute the following:

“ , for the percentage of work that the Architect determines to the best of his/her knowledge has been completed or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing his/her reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1.”

PARAGRAPH 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS

A. Delete Subparagraph 9.6.3 and replace with the following:

“9.6.3 Retainage: There shall be retained 5 percent on the estimated amounts of completed work-in-place and on materials stored at the project site and 25 percent retained on the estimated amounts of materials stored off site until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the Contract. Payment for material stored off site is subject to the conditions of Paragraph 9.3.2. No further or partial payments will be made after the time fixed for final completion of the work, or the time to which final completion may be extended under the terms of the Contract, until full and final completion and acceptance of the work. Payments for work under sub-contract of Contractors shall be subject to the above conditions applying to the prime contracts.”

B. Delete Subparagraph 9.6.5 in its entirety.

PARAGRAPH 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Add the following to the end of 9.8.3:

“Should the Architect, on the basis of this second inspection, determine that the work is not substantially complete, the Contractor shall submit a request for a third inspection. The cost of this and any subsequent inspections, either by the Architect or his/her Engineers, relative to Substantial Completion shall be back charged to the Contractor.”

B. Add the following Subparagraph 9.8.6:

“9.8.6 When the work or major portions thereof are substantially completed the Contractor shall submit to the Owner an application for payment of the remaining amount of the Contract balance. Upon receipt of such application the Owner shall approve and promptly pay the remaining amount of the Contract balance less two times the value of any remaining items to be completed and an amount necessary to satisfy any claims, liens or judgments against the Contractor which have not been suitably discharged. As the remaining items of work are satisfactorily completed or corrected, the Owner shall promptly pay, upon receipt of a requisition, for these items less an amount necessary to satisfy any claims, liens or judgments against the Contractor which have not been suitably discharged. Any claim, liens and adjustments referred to in this section shall pertain to the project and shall be filed in accordance with the terms of the applicable Contract and/or applicable laws.”

PARAGRAPH 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT


Page 6



A. Subparagraph 9.10.1, First Sentence: Place period after the second mention of “Contract Documents” and delete the remainder of the sentence.

B. Add the following to the beginning of subparagraph 9.10.1.

“When contemplating application for final payment, the Contractor shall schedule, one week in advance with the Architect, a joint inspection visit to the Project to determine if the Contract has been fully executed.”

C. Add Subparagraph 9.10.1.1 as follows:

“9.10.1.1 Should the Architect, on the basis of this final inspection, determine that the work is not complete, the Contractor shall complete the work, and issue a request for a second inspection. The cost of this and any subsequent inspections, either by the Architect or his/her Engineers shall be back charged to the Contractor.”

ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS

PARAGRAPH 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE and PARAGRAPH 11.2 OWNER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE

A. Delete Paragraphs 11.1 and 11.2 in their entirety and substitute the following:

“11.1 REQUIREMENTS

11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance as will fully protect him/her from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s execution of the Work, whether such execution be by himself/herself or by any Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable.

.1 Claims under worker’s compensation, disability benefit acts;

.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease or death of his/her employees.

.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease or death of any person other than his/her employees.

.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by the Contractor or (2) by any other person; and

.5 Claims for damages because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom.

.6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;


Page 7



11.1.2 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the work. These Certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be cancelled unless at least thirty (30) days’ prior, written notice has been given to the Owner. Contractor’s insurance company to provide 10 day notice of cancellation period for “non-payment of premium”.

11.1.3 The Contractor shall furnish Certificates of Insurance of each Subcontractor employed in the performance of the work under this Contract, showing that said Subcontractors have complied with all the requirements of this Contract with reference to insurance to be furnished by such Subcontractor.

11.1.4 The Contractor shall procure and maintain, at his/her own expense during the Contract time, liability insurance as hereinafter specified:

.1 General Liability, including Products, Completed Operations and Contractual Liability:

a. Bodily Injury: $2,000,000 Each Occurrence/$4,000,000 Aggregate

b. Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence/$2,000,000 Aggregate

c. Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined: $3,000,000 EachOccurrence/$6,000,000Aggregate

.2 Automobile Liability, including all owned, non-owned and hired autos:

a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined: $1,000,000 EachOccurrence/$2,000,000Aggregate

.3 Excess/Umbrella Liability, Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined: $2,000,000 Each Occurrence/$4,000,000 Aggregate

a. Explosion, collapse and underground hazard exclusions must be deleted.

b. If Commercial Liability annual aggregate policy, the annual aggregatelimits must apply “per project” (Endorsement CG 2503 or equivalent) andthe Certificate must confirm it.

.4 Disability Benefits: According to State regulations or acceptable substitute.

11.1.5 The following types of Liability Insurance shall be furnished.

.1 Contractor’s Protective Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability for damages imposed by law upon the Contractor with respect to all work performed by him/her under this Contract.


Page 8



.2 Contractor’s Protective Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability for damages imposed by law upon the Contractor with respect to all work under this Contract performed for the Contractor by Subcontractors.

.3 Owner’s Protective Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability for damages imposed by law upon the Owner with respect to all operations under the Agreement by the Contractor or by his/her Subcontractors, including omissions and supervisory acts of the Owner and of the agents and employees of the insured. Such insurance shall name as an additional insured or insureds, the person, persons or corporation specified in detail in the Information for Bidders and/or the agents, observers and employees of this or any other municipal body or public utility which may have granted permits in connection with the work. Owner’s Protective Liability shall be written with a limit of liability of not less than $1,000,000 for all damages arising out of bodily injury, including death, at any time resulting therefrom, sustained by any one person in any one accident: and a limit of liability of not less than $1,000,000 aggregate for any such damages sustained by two or more persons in any one accident. Insurance shall be written with a limit of liability of not less than $1,000,000 for all property damage sustained by any one person in any one accident; and a limit of liability of not less than $1,000,000 aggregate for any such damage sustained by two or more persons in any one accident.

.4 Names of insured for Owner’s Protective Liability Policy: The Owner, Wendel SGN Architecture, Inc. and both their agents and employees.

.5 Contractual Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability imposed by Contract upon the Owner for work performed on private land with respect to all operations under the Agreement by the Contractor or by his/her Subcontractors.

.6 Contractual Liability Insurance issued to and covering the liability imposed by Contract upon the Owner for work performed on private land with respect to all operations under the Agreement by the Contractor or by his/her Subcontractors.

11.1.6 The Contractor shall acquire and maintain Fire Insurance, All Risk, Builders Risk Completed Value Insurance Policy and installation floater, upon the project to the full insurable value thereof. The named insured shall be the Owner, Wendel SGN Architecture, Inc., the Contractor and Subcontractors as their interest may appear. This provision shall in no way release the Contractor or Contractor’s surety from obligations under the Contract Documents to fully complete the project. This insurance shall cover all the work in place and all materials stored at the building site or at any other location or while in transit, whether or not covered by partial payments made by the Owner during the contract time and until work is accepted by the Owner.

11.2 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

11.2.1 The Contractor and his/her Subcontractors hereby certify that they are skilled and experienced in the use and interpretation of plans and specifications such as those included in the Contract Documents. The Contractor and his/her Subcontractors shall have carefully reviewed the plans and specifications and have found them free of ambiguities and sufficient for bid purposes.


Page 9



Further, the Contractor and his/her Subcontractors shall have based their bid solely on those documents, not relying in any way on any explanation or interpretation, oral or written, from any other source. Assured of the adequacy of the documents and the accuracy of his/her bid, the Contractor agrees and shall require his/her Subcontractors to agree to limit the liability of the Design Professional and the Owner for professional negligence, errors or omissions of the Design Professional to a total aggregate sum of $50,000 or the Design Professional's total fee for services rendered on this Project, whichever is greater. The Contractor and his/her Subcontractors do not assume any liability for damages to others caused by the professional negligence, errors or omissions of the Design Professional.”

PARAGRAPH 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND

A. Delete Subparagraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2 in their entirety and replace with 11.4.1 through 11.4.5 as follows:

“11.4.1 Prior to execution of the contract the successful bidder shall furnish the Owner with bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder.

11.4.2 Bonds shall be in the amount of one hundred percent of the contract amount.

11.4.3 Bonds shall be prepared on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond or other approved form.

11.4.4 Bonds shall include coverage of all obligations of the Contractor during the specified guarantee period.

11.4.5 Surety Company or Companies must be licensed in the State where the Project is located.”

ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

PARAGRAPH 13.1 GOVERNING LAW

A. Delete text in its entirety and replace with the following:

NOTE: Fill in name of state and county below where project is located.

“The State of Minnesota, County of Dakota shall be the respective jurisdiction and venue for any legal action arising out of or in connection with this Contract. The laws of the State of Minnesota shall apply with regard to construction, interpretation, performance and information pertaining to this Contract.”

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT

PARAGRAPH 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE


Page 10



A. Subparagraph 14.4.3: At the end, place period after “profit on the Work” and delete the remainder of the sentence.

ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

PARAGRAPH 15.1 CLAIMS

A. Subparagraph 15.1.5: First Sentence: Delete period after “given” and add “and a statement of why additional time is necessary.”

PARAGRAPH 15.2 INITIAL DECISION

A. Subparagraph 15.2.5: Delete period at the end and add “in a court of law”.

PARAGRAPH 15.3 MEDIATION

A. Subparagraph 15.3.1: Delete period at the end and add “in a court of law”.

B. Subparagraph 15.3.2: Delete the last sentence in its entirety.

PARAGRAPH 15.4 ARBITRATION

A. Delete this paragraph in its entirety.

END OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS


Page 11

AIA®

Document A312TM – 2010 Payment Bond






« »« » « »

« »« » « »

OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) « »« » « »

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: « » Amount: $ « » Description: (Name and location) « » « »

BOND Date: (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date) « » Amount: $ « » Modifications to this Bond: « » None « » See Section

18

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate

Seal)

Signature:

Signature: Name and Title:

« »« » Name and Title:

« »« »

(Any additional signatures appear on the last page of this Payment Bond.) (FOR INFORMATION ONLY — Name, address and telephone)

AGENT or BROKER:

OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: (Architect, Engineer or other party:)

« » « » « »

« » « » « » « » « » « »

AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:27:16 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1869243503)

1


§ 1 The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. § 2 If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. § 3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety’s obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Section 13) of claims, demands, liens or suits against the Owner or the Owner’s property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. § 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Section 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim, demand, lien or suit. § 5 The Surety’s obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: § 5.1 Claimants, who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor,

.1 have furnished a written notice of non-payment to the Contractor, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were, or equipment was, furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed, within ninety (90) days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the Claim; and

.2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Section 13). § 5.2 Claimants, who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor, have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Section 13). § 6 If a notice of non-payment required by Section 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant’s obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Section 5.1.1. § 7 When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Sections 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take the following actions: § 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed; and § 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. § 7.3 The Surety’s failure to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, however, the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2, the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney’s fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. § 8 The Surety’s total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney’s fees provided under Section 7.3, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. § 9 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any construction performance bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner’s priority to use the funds for the completion of the work.


2

§ 10 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to, or give notice on behalf of, Claimants or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond. § 11 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. § 12 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Section 5.1.2 or 5.2, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. § 13 Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. § 14 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. § 15 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. § 16 Definitions § 16.1 Claim. A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum:

.1 the name of the Claimant;

.2 the name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished;

.3 a copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract;

.4 a brief description of the labor, materials or equipment furnished;

.5 the date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract;

.6 the total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim;

.7 the total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and

.8 the total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim.

§ 16.2 Claimant. An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic’s lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms “labor, materials or equipment” that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor’s subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. § 16.3 Construction Contract. The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents.


3

§ 16.4 Owner Default. Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. § 16.5 Contract Documents. All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 17 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. § 18 Modifications to this bond are as follows: « » (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.)

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)

Signature:

Signature: Name and Title: « »« » Name and Title: « »« » Address: « » Address: « »


4

AIA®

Document A312TM – 2010 Performance Bond






« »« » « »

« »« » « »

OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) « »« » « »

CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: « » Amount: $ « » Description: (Name and location) « » « »

BOND Date: (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date) « » Amount: $ « » Modifications to this Bond:

« » None « » See Section 16

CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)

Signature: Signature:

Name and Title:

« »« » Name and Title:

« »« »

(Any additional signatures appear on the last page of this Performance Bond.) (FOR INFORMATION ONLY — Name, address and telephone)

AGENT or BROKER:

OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: (Architect, Engineer or other party:)

« » « » « »

« » « » « » « » « » « »

AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Performance Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:27:50 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1414166388)

1


§ 1 The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner for the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. § 2 If the Contractor performs the Construction Contract, the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond, except when applicable to participate in a conference as provided in Section 3. § 3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety’s obligation under this Bond shall arise after

.1 the Owner first provides notice to the Contractor and the Surety that the Owner is considering declaring a Contractor Default. Such notice shall indicate whether the Owner is requesting a conference among the Owner, Contractor and Surety to discuss the Contractor’s performance. If the Owner does not request a conference, the Surety may, within five (5) business days after receipt of the Owner’s notice, request such a conference. If the Surety timely requests a conference, the Owner shall attend. Unless the Owner agrees otherwise, any conference requested under this Section 3.1 shall be held within ten (10) business days of the Surety’s receipt of the Owner’s notice. If the Owner, the Contractor and the Surety agree, the Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable time to perform the Construction Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive the Owner’s right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default;

.2 the Owner declares a Contractor Default, terminates the Construction Contract and notifies the Surety; and

.3 the Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price in accordance with the terms of the Construction Contract to the Surety or to a contractor selected to perform the Construction Contract.

§ 4 Failure on the part of the Owner to comply with the notice requirement in Section 3.1 shall not constitute a failure to comply with a condition precedent to the Surety’s obligations, or release the Surety from its obligations, except to the extent the Surety demonstrates actual prejudice. § 5 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions of Section 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take one of the following actions: § 5.1 Arrange for the Contractor, with the consent of the Owner, to perform and complete the Construction Contract; § 5.2 Undertake to perform and complete the Construction Contract itself, through its agents or independent contractors; § 5.3 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable to the Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Construction Contract, arrange for a contract to be prepared for execution by the Owner and a contractor selected with the Owner’s concurrence, to be secured with performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety equivalent to the bonds issued on the Construction Contract, and pay to the Owner the amount of damages as described in Section 7 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by the Owner as a result of the Contractor Default; or § 5.4 Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the circumstances:

.1 After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable to the Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, make payment to the Owner; or

.2 Deny liability in whole or in part and notify the Owner, citing the reasons for denial. § 6 If the Surety does not proceed as provided in Section 5 with reasonable promptness, the Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond seven days after receipt of an additional written notice from the Owner to the Surety demanding that the Surety perform its obligations under this Bond, and the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. If the Surety proceeds as provided in Section 5.4, and the Owner refuses the payment or the Surety has denied liability, in whole or in part, without further notice the Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available to the Owner. § 7 If the Surety elects to act under Section 5.1, 5.2 or 5.3, then the responsibilities of the Surety to the Owner shall not be greater than those of the Contractor under the Construction Contract, and the responsibilities of the Owner to AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Performance Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:27:50 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1414166388)

2

the Surety shall not be greater than those of the Owner under the Construction Contract. Subject to the commitment by the Owner to pay the Balance of the Contract Price, the Surety is obligated, without duplication, for

.1 the responsibilities of the Contractor for correction of defective work and completion of the Construction Contract;

.2 additional legal, design professional and delay costs resulting from the Contractor’s Default, and resulting from the actions or failure to act of the Surety under Section 5; and

.3 liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the Construction Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or non-performance of the Contractor.

§ 8 If the Surety elects to act under Section 5.1, 5.3 or 5.4, the Surety’s liability is limited to the amount of this Bond. § 9 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract, and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than the Owner or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. § 10 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. § 11 Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the work or part of the work is located and shall be instituted within two years after a declaration of Contractor Default or within two years after the Contractor ceased working or within two years after the Surety refuses or fails to perform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. § 12 Notice to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. § 13 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. § 14 Definitions § 14.1 Balance of the Contract Price. The total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract after all proper adjustments have been made, including allowance to the Contractor of any amounts received or to be received by the Owner in settlement of insurance or other claims for damages to which the Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid and proper payments made to or on behalf of the Contractor under the Construction Contract. § 14.2 Construction Contract. The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. § 14.3 Contractor Default. Failure of the Contractor, which has not been remedied or waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with a material term of the Construction Contract. § 14.4 Owner Default. Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. § 14.5 Contract Documents. All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 15 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Performance Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:27:50 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1414166388)

3

§ 16 Modifications to this bond are as follows:

« »

(Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal)

Signature: Signature: Name and Title: « »« » Name and Title: « »« » Address: « » Address: « »

AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Performance Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 11:27:50 on 07/27/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1414166388)

4

AIA®

Document A101TM – 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 15:32:24 on 08/07/2018 under Order No.2618537854 which expires on 10/31/2018, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1517775464)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and DeletionsReport that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed.


AIA Document A201™–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified.


AGREEMENT made as of the « » day of « » in the year « » (In words, indicate day, month and year.)

BETWEEN the Owner: (Name, legal status, address and other information)

« »« » « » « » « »

and the Contractor: (Name, legal status, address and other information)

« »« » « » « » « »

for the following Project: (Name, location and detailed description)

« » « » « »

The Architect: (Name, legal status, address and other information)

« »« » « » « » « »

The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.


2

TABLE OF ARTICLES

1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT

3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

4 CONTRACT SUM

5 PAYMENTS

6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION

7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION

8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

10 INSURANCE AND BONDS

ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9.

ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others.

ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is statedbelow or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Insert the date of commencement if it differs from the date of this Agreement or, if applicable, state that the date will be fixed in a notice to proceed.)

« »

If, prior to the commencement of the Work, the Owner requires time to file mortgages and other security interests, the Owner’s time requirement shall be as follows:

« »

§ 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement.

§ 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than « » ( « » ) days fromthe date of commencement, or as follows: (Insert number of calendar days. Alternatively, a calendar date may be used when coordinated with the date of commencement. If appropriate, insert requirements for earlier Substantial Completion of certain portions of the Work.)

« »


3

Portion of Work Substantial Completion Date

, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Insert provisions, if any, for liquidated damages relating to failure to achieve Substantial Completion on time or for bonus payments for early completion of the Work.)

« »

ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM § 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of theContract. The Contract Sum shall be « » ($ « » ), subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Contract Documents.

§ 4.2 The Contract Sum is based upon the following alternates, if any, which are described in the ContractDocuments and are hereby accepted by the Owner: (State the numbers or other identification of accepted alternates. If the bidding or proposal documents permit the Owner to accept other alternates subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, attach a schedule of such other alternates showing the amount for each and the date when that amount expires.)

« »

§ 4.3 Unit prices, if any:(Identify and state the unit price; state quantity limitations, if any, to which the unit price will be applicable.)

Item Units and Limitations Price Per Unit ($0.00)

§ 4.4 Allowances included in the Contract Sum, if any:(Identify allowance and state exclusions, if any, from the allowance price.)

Item Price

ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS § 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS§ 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates forPayment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

§ 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day ofthe month, or as follows:

« »

§ 5.1.3 Provided that an Application for Payment is received by the Architect not later than the « » day of a month,the Owner shall make payment of the certified amount to the Contractor not later than the « » day of the « » month. If an Application for Payment is received by the Architect after the application date fixed above, payment shall be made by the Owner not later than « » ( « » ) days after the Architect receives the Application for Payment. (Federal, state or local laws may require payment within a certain period of time.)

§ 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by theContractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment.


4

§ 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the endof the period covered by the Application for Payment.

§ 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall becomputed as follows:

.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of « » percent ( « » %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.9 of AIA Document A201™–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction;

.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of « » percent ( « » %);

.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and

.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201–2007.

§ 5.1.7 The progress payment amount determined in accordance with Section 5.1.6 shall be further modified underthe following circumstances:

.1 Add, upon Substantial Completion of the Work, a sum sufficient to increase the total payments to the full amount of the Contract Sum, less such amounts as the Architect shall determine for incomplete Work, retainage applicable to such work and unsettled claims; and (Section 9.8.5 of AIA Document A201–2007 requires release of applicable retainage upon Substantial Completion of Work with consent of surety, if any.)

.2 Add, if final completion of the Work is thereafter materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, any additional amounts payable in accordance with Section 9.10.3 of AIA Document A201–2007.

§ 5.1.8 Reduction or limitation of retainage, if any, shall be as follows:(If it is intended, prior to Substantial Completion of the entire Work, to reduce or limit the retainage resulting from the percentages inserted in Sections 5.1.6.1 and 5.1.6.2 above, and this is not explained elsewhere in the Contract Documents, insert here provisions for such reduction or limitation.)

« »

§ 5.1.9 Except with the Owner’s prior approval, the Contractor shall not make advance payments to suppliers formaterials or equipment which have not been delivered and stored at the site.

§ 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT§ 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to theContractor when

.1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2.2 of AIA Document A201–2007, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment; and

.2 a final Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect.

§ 5.2.2 The Owner’s final payment to the Contractor shall be made no later than 30 days after the issuance of theArchitect’s final Certificate for Payment, or as follows:

« »

ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION § 6.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKERThe Architect will serve as Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Section 15.2 of AIA Document A201–2007, unless the parties appoint below another individual, not a party to this Agreement, to serve as Initial Decision Maker.


5

(If the parties mutually agree, insert the name, address and other contact information of the Initial Decision Maker, if other than the Architect.)

« » « » « » « »

§ 6.2 BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTIONFor any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation pursuant to Section 15.3 of AIA Document A201–2007, the method of binding dispute resolution shall be as follows: (Check the appropriate box. If the Owner and Contractor do not select a method of binding dispute resolution below, or do not subsequently agree in writing to a binding dispute resolution method other than litigation, Claims will be resolved by litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction.)

[ « » ] Arbitration pursuant to Section 15.4 of AIA Document A201–2007

[ « » ] Litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction

[ « » ] Other (Specify)

« »

ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION § 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA DocumentA201–2007.

§ 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007.

ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201–2007 or another ContractDocument, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents.

§ 8.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate statedbelow, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. (Insert rate of interest agreed upon, if any.)

« » % « »

§ 8.3 The Owner’s representative:(Name, address and other information)

« » « » « » « » « » « »

§ 8.4 The Contractor’s representative:(Name, address and other information)

« » « » « » « »


6

« » « »

§ 8.5 Neither the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to theother party.

§ 8.6 Other provisions:

« »

ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumeratedin the sections below.

§ 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AIA Document A101–2007, Standard Form of Agreement Between Ownerand Contractor.

§ 9.1.2 The General Conditions are AIA Document A201–2007, General Conditions of the Contract forConstruction.

§ 9.1.3 The Supplementary and other Conditions of the Contract:

Document Title Date Pages

§ 9.1.4 The Specifications:(Either list the Specifications here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) « »

Section Title Date Pages

§ 9.1.5 The Drawings:(Either list the Drawings here or refer to an exhibit attached to this Agreement.) « »

Number Title Date

§ 9.1.6 The Addenda, if any:

Number Date Pages

Portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements are not part of the Contract Documents unless the bidding requirements are also enumerated in this Article 9.

§ 9.1.7 Additional documents, if any, forming part of the Contract Documents:

.1 AIA Document E201™–2007, Digital Data Protocol Exhibit, if completed by the parties, or the following:

« »

.2 Other documents, if any, listed below: (List here any additional documents that are intended to form part of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201–2007 provides that bidding requirements such as advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms and the Contractor’s bid are not part of the Contract


7

Documents unless enumerated in this Agreement. They should be listed here only if intended to be part of the Contract Documents.)

« »

ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007. (State bonding requirements, if any, and limits of liability for insurance required in Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007.)

Type of insurance or bond Limit of liability or bond amount ($0.00)

This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.

OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature)

« »« » « »« » (Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)

GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION AND ENGINEERING REVIEW

Inver Grove Heights Fire Station

Inver Grove Heights

Minnesota

NTI Project No. 18.MSP04822.000

Prepared For:

City of Inver Grove Heights 8150 Barbara Avenue Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota 55076

c/o Wendel Architects 401 2nd Avenue North, Suite 206 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401

April 10, 2018 City of Inver Grove Heights Attention: Fire Chief Judy A. Smith Thill 8150 Barbara Avenue Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota 55076 c/o Wendel Architects Attention: Ms. Abby Hammes, AIA

401 2nd Avenue North Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Subject: Geotechnical Exploration and Engineering Review Inver Grove Heights Fire Station

Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota NTI Project No. 18.MSP04822.000

Dear Mses. Judy A. Smith Thill and Abby Hammes,

In accordance with your request and subsequent authorization, Northern Technologies, LLC (NTI) conducted a Geotechnical Exploration for the above referenced project. Our services included advancement of exploration borings and preparation of an engineering report with recommendations developed from our geotechnical services. Our work was performed in general accordance with our proposal dated February 6, 2018.

Soil samples obtained at the site will be held for 60 days at which time they will be discarded. Please advise us in writing if you wish to have us retain them for a longer period. You will be assessed an additional fee if soil samples are retained beyond 60 days.

We appreciate the opportunity to have been of service on this project. If there are any questions regarding the soils explored or our review and recommendations, please contact us at your convenience at (651) 389-4191.

Northern Technologies, LLC

Debra A. Schroeder, P.E. Senior Engineer

Steven D. Gerber, P.E. Senior Engineer

I hereby certify that this plan, specification, or report was prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a Duly Licensed Professional Engineer under the Laws of the State of Minnesota.

Debra A. Schroeder

Date: 04/10/2018 Reg. No. 52743




Contents

1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ......................................................................................................................... 1

2.0 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................... 2

2.1 Site / Project Description ....................................................................................................................... 2 2.2 Scope of Services .................................................................................................................................... 3

3.0 EXPLORATION PROGRAM RESULTS ...................................................................................................... 3

3.1 Exploration Scope .................................................................................................................................. 3 3.2 Subsurface Conditions ........................................................................................................................... 3 3.3 Groundwater Conditions ........................................................................................................................ 4 3.4 Laboratory Test Program ....................................................................................................................... 5

4.0 ENGINEERING REVIEW AND RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................. 5

4.1 Project Scope ......................................................................................................................................... 5 4.2 Site Preparation ..................................................................................................................................... 5 4.3 Shallow Foundations .............................................................................................................................. 8 4.4 Bearing Factor of Safety and Estimate of Settlement ............................................................................ 9 4.5 Subsurface Drainage .............................................................................................................................. 9 4.6 Slab-on-Grade Floors ............................................................................................................................. 9 4.7 Utilities ................................................................................................................................................. 10 4.8 Exterior Foundation Wall Backfill ........................................................................................................ 11

4.8.1 Earth Retaining Foundation Walls ..................................................................................................... 11 4.8.2 Non-Earth Retaining Foundation Walls ............................................................................................. 12

4.9 Surface Drainage ................................................................................................................................. 13 4.10 Pavement Construction ....................................................................................................................... 13 4.11 Stormwater Infiltration ........................................................................................................................ 15 4.12 Frost Considerations ............................................................................................................................ 16

5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS .................................................................................................... 16

5.1 Excavation Stability ............................................................................................................................. 16 5.2 Engineered Fill & Winter Construction................................................................................................. 16

6.0 CLOSURE ............................................................................................................................................ 17

of 17

GEOTECHNICAL EXPLORATION AND ENGINEERING REVIEW



1.0 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

We briefly summarize below our preliminary geotechnical recommendations for the proposed project. The summary must be read in complete context with our report.

• Based upon the soils encountered and the available project information, we conclude you may support the proposed slab-on-grade structures upon standard perimeter strip and spread column footings on competent, non-organic natural soil(s) or engineered fill, as recommended within our report.

• Building linear strip footings and interior column footings (if required) for the structures may be proportioned using the maximum net allowable soil bearing pressures of 3,500 pounds per square foot (psf). With modest soil corrections, this value could be increased to 6,000 psf.

• Within the building and parking / drive lane areas, we encountered undocumented fill to depths ranging from none encountered (Boring SB-3) to 5.5 feet below the existing ground surface. The undocumented fill soils generally consisted of variably compacted clayey sand to clayey sand with gravel (SC), silty sand (SM), and lean clay with sand to sandy lean clay (CL). We anticipate that the majority of the previously placed fill soil would be removed incidentally as part of the required excavation to attain the assumed bottom of foundation elevations.

• Measurable groundwater was observed at one (1) of the fifteen (15) borings at the time of the field exploration at a depth of approximately 10.0 feet below existing grade (approximately elevation 929.5 feet). This boring, SB-15, was performed near an existing pond. The lack of observed groundwater in the other borings is likely due to the varying depth of the borings and their proximity to the existing pond.

• Overall, the site soils are conducive to movement of groundwater both laterally and vertically over time. The moisture content of such soils can vary annually and per recent precipitation. Such soils and other regional dependent conditions may produce groundwater entry of project excavations. We direct your attention to other report sections and appendices attachments concerning groundwater issues and subsurface drainage.




Page 2 of 17

2.0 INTRODUCTION

2.1 Site / Project Description

The proposed Inver Grove Heights Fire Station project is to be constructed as defined within Table 1.

Table 1: Project & Site Description

Item Description

Proposed Project Type The proposed structure will be one-story, supported by a conventional spread footing foundation system with exterior load bearing masonry cavity walls supporting at the loading bay, as well as load bearing steel studs and interior columns supporting the office area. The structure will have a below-grade basement level.

Proposed Maximum Change in Site Elevation NTI assumes that site grades will remain within approximately 5 feet as compared to the grades encountered during the site exploration.

First Floor Elevation Based on provided plans finished floor elevation for the first floor level will be at 958.6 feet.

Basement Floor Elevation Based on provided plans, finished floor elevation for the basement level will be at 948.6 feet.

Site Description

Location of Project The project is located between Courthouse Boulevard and Highway 52, just north of 9250 Courthouse Boulevard in Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota.

Existing Land Use / Improvements to Parcel The property contains multiple residential structures and a pond.

Current Ground Cover The ground surface is generally covered by grasses, bushes, and some mature trees.

Topography at Site The site varies in elevation with approximately 26.5 feet of elevation change between the recently completed borings.




Page 3 of 17

2.2 Scope of Services

The purpose of this report is to present a summary of our geotechnical exploration and provide generalized opinions and recommendations regarding the soil conditions and design parameters for founding of the project. Our “scope of services” was limited to the following:

1. Explore the project subsurface by means of fifteen (15) standard penetration test (SPT) borings extending to depths of approximately 25.0 feet below existing grade and conduct laboratory test(s) on representative samples for characterizing the index and engineering properties of the soils at the project site.

2. Prepare a report presenting our findings from our field exploration, laboratory testing, and engineering recommendations for foundation types, footing depths, allowable bearing capacity, estimated settlements, floor slab support, excavation, engineered fill, backfill, compaction and potential construction difficulties related to excavation, backfilling and drainage, lateral earth pressure parameters, pavement design, and estimated stormwater infiltration rates.

3.0 EXPLORATION PROGRAM RESULTS

3.1 Exploration Scope

Site geotechnical drilling occurred between March 12 and March 15, 2018 with individual borings advanced at approximate locations as presented on the diagram within the appendices. Boring SB-11 was terminated due to practical auger refusal due to an apparent obstruction at a depth of approximately 3.0 feet below the existing ground surface. Boring SB-13 was also terminated due to practical auger refusal due to an apparent obstruction at a depth of approximately 22.0 feet below the existing ground surface.

NTI located the borings relative to existing site features and determined the approximate elevation of the borings using a Trimble GeoXH 6000 (NAVD GeoID 09 datum). Boring elevations should be considered to be approximate. Please refer to the Boring Location Diagram and the Boring Logs in Appendix C.

The boreholes were backfilled with auger cuttings or were abandoned using high solids bentonite or neat cement grout as per appropriate local and state statutes. Minor settlement of the boreholes will occur. Owner is responsible for final closure of the boreholes.

3.2 Subsurface Conditions

Please refer to the boring logs within the appendices for a detailed description and depths of stratum at each boring. Based on results of the current geotechnical exploration, Table 2 provides a general depiction of subsurface conditions at the project site. Additional comment on the evaluation of recovered soil samples is presented within the report attachments.




Page 4 of 17

Table 2: Typical Subsurface Stratigraphy at Project Site1

1 Table summary is a generalization of subsurface conditions and may not reflect variation in subsurface strata occurring on site. The general geologic origin of retained soil samples is listed on the boring logs.

3.3 Groundwater Conditions

The drill crew observed the borings for groundwater (if any) during and at the completion of drilling activities. Measurable groundwater was observed at one (1) of the fifteen (15) borings at the time of the field exploration at a depth of approximately 10.0 feet below existing grade (approximate elevation 929.5 feet). This boring, SB-15, was performed near an existing pond. The lack of observed groundwater in the other borings is likely due to the varying depth of the borings and their proximity to the existing pond. In addition, the on-site clay and silt laden fill soils are relatively impervious and are conducive to the development of zones of perched water at varying elevations and locations across the project site.

Overall, the site soils are conducive to movement of groundwater both laterally and vertically over time. The moisture content of such soils can vary annually and per recent precipitation. Such soils and other regional dependent conditions may produce groundwater entry of project excavations.

We direct your attention to other report sections and appendices attachments concerning groundwater issues and subsurface drainage.

Stratum

Approximate Depth to Base of Stratum below existing grade Material Description Notes

Surface 4.5 to 5.5 inches Topsoil

Topsoil classification by visual observation only. Not intended to confer conformance with MnDOT or other municipal specifications.

Undocumented Fill

1.5 to 5.5 feet

Undocumented Fill soils predominantly consisting of clayey sand to clayey sand with gravel (SC), sandy lean clay to lean clay with sand (CL), and silty sand (SM).

Variably compacted. Organic content ranged from 1.4 to 2.8 percent.

Native Soils

Termination depths ranging from approximately 22.0 to 24.5 feet

Native soils predominantly consisting of sandy lean clay (CL), clayey sand to clayey sand with gravel (SC), poorly graded sand with silt (SP-SM), poorly graded sand with clay (SP-SC), silty sand (SM), and sandy silt to silt with sand (ML).

Relative densities of the sand soils ranged from loose to very dense. Very loose soils were encountered at the Boring SB-15 location. Consistency of the cohesive soils ranged from soft to very stiff. Apparent cobbles encountered at varying depths at Boring SB-1, SB-4 through SB-10, SB-12, SB-13, and SB-15 locations.




Page 5 of 17

3.4 Laboratory Test Program

Our analysis and recommendations within this report are based upon our interpretation of the standard penetration test (SPT) resistance determined while sampling soils, laboratory test results and experience with similar soils from other sites near the project. The results of such tests are summarized on the boring logs or attached laboratory test reports.

4.0 ENGINEERING REVIEW AND RECOMMENDATIONS

The following recommendations are based on our present knowledge of the project. We ask that you or your design team notify us immediately if significant changes are made to project size, location or design as we would need to review our current recommendations and provide modified or different recommendations with respect to such change(s).

4.1 Project Scope

We assume the structures will include concrete foundation walls and footings for support of above grade construction. NTI’s foundation loads were provided by Northland Consulting Engineers and are summarized within Table 3. Site grading plans were provided by SRF Consulting Group. Our assessment of project soils, opinions, and report recommendations are based directly on application of structural loads to site soils.

Table 3: Foundation Loads / Change in Grade / Footing Elevation

Building Element Load / Condition

Wall Loads (basement level) 12-15 kips per lineal foot (maximum)

Wall Loads (main level) 8-10 kips per lineal foot (maximum)

Column Loads 150 kips (maximum)

Change in Overall Site Grade (from original

ground surface) 5 feet or less

Free Standing Retaining Walls None anticipated.

Basement Excavation Finished Floor Elevation for the basement level is at 948.6 feet.

4.2 Site Preparation

The soil borings generally encountered topsoil over apparent undocumented fill extending to depths ranging from approximately 1.5 to 5.5 feet below the existing ground surface at the site. Soft clay soils were encountered at the Boring SB-5 location below the undocumented fill extending to a depth of approximately 3.5 feet below the existing ground surface.




Page 6 of 17

Following stripping of site vegetation, we recommend the removal of all topsoil, man-made structures (if encountered), organic materials, and/or any unsuitable material(s) encountered during advancement of project excavations. In addition, the undocumented, previously-placed fill soils and the soft soils encountered at the boring locations are not considered suitable for direct support of the structures and should be removed from below the foundation elements. While the existing fill and soft soils are considered unsuitable for foundation support, their removal would generally be incidental to the excavation required for the foundation elements.

A representative of the geotechnical engineer of record should be on-site to confirm the subsurface conditions during site grading activities.

We recommend that you oversize all earthwork improvements and excavations where fill materials are placed below foundations. The minimum excavation oversize should extend per the requirements outlined in Appendix A. Table 4 provides a summary of excavation necessary to remove unsuitable materials at the respective borings.

Table 4: Summary of Soil Correction / Excavation1

Boring Number

Existing Ground

Elevation2

(feet) Unsuitable Soil / Material

Estimated Depth to Bottom of Unsuitable

Materials (feet)

Estimated Bottom of Unsuitable

Materials Elevation (feet)

SB-1 954.5 Topsoil / Undocumented Fill 1.5 953.0


SB-3 958.5 Topsoil 0.4 958.1


SB-5 962.5 Topsoil / Undocumented Fill / Soft Soils 3.5 959.0






SB-113 965.5 Topsoil / Undocumented Fill 3.0+ Min. 962.5





1. Borings contained trace organic materials and exhibited apparent disturbed soil conditions within the collected samples. These areas and other areas exposed during the site grade may require deeper corrections dependent upon the materials encountered during the site grading activities.

2. Based on elevations at the boring locations as noted above in Section 3.1, Exploration Scope. 3. Boring terminated at approximately 3.0 feet due to practical auger refusal. 4. Boring completed outside of the proposed building pad and inside the proposed parking / drive lanes. A full depth

correction may not be required and is included within the table for general information only. 5. Borings were completed outside of the proposed building pad and within the proposed storm basin/infiltration

pond. A full depth soil correction is not required and is included within the table for general information only.




Page 7 of 17

The Geotechnical Engineer of Record or their designated representative should review project excavations to verify removal of unsuitable material(s) and adequate bearing support of exposed soils. All such observations should occur prior to the placement of engineering fill, or construction of footings and floor slabs.

Following the removal of the unsuitable soils, NTI recommends that native soils at the exposed grade (i.e. base of excavations) be compacted with a until such materials achieve 98 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM: D 698-96). Additional foundation preparation recommendations are also presented in the following section.

Sidewalls should be benched or sloped to provide safe working conditions and stability for engineered fill placement. Any oversizing that is required should be performed in accordance with the diagram and table included in Appendix A.

All excavations should be in conformance with OSHA 1926 Subpart P. The grading contractor should provide a “competent person” as defined in the regulations, to determine the requirements for sloping and benching based on the soil types and groundwater seeps encountered.

Portions of the existing on-site soils have the potential to be re-used as engineered fill for preparation of the building pads when such soils are conditioned and placed as presented within this report. However, NTI cautions that there is the potential that zones of organic or debris laden soils may be encountered. Any organic or debris laden soils will need to be sorted and are not considered to be suitable for reuse as structural fill within the building pads. In addition, the sandy silt and silt with sand (ML) soils encountered at the site are also not considered to be suitable as engineered fill.

Considering that the composition and compaction effort of existing fill soils are not documented, the prediction of the percent of re-usable material is difficult. In addition, the exact delineation of native versus undocumented fill is difficult due to the limited sample size and soil disturbance due to the sampling technique. For this reason, the design team should be aware that there is the potential that there may be some variation in the depth of fill encountered during site excavations as compared to the boring logs.

If engineered fill is required, we recommend that it consist of soils similar in composition to the existing subgrade soils. Engineered fill for site corrective earthwork and for support of project footings should be tempered for moisture content and placed and compacted as outlined in the compaction guidelines table in Appendix B.




Page 8 of 17

The on-site, native, non-organic, debris-free soils may be utilized as structural engineered fill when properly moisture conditioned. If cleaner granular soils are placed over the relatively impervious soils such as clayey sand (SC), silty sand (SM), sandy lean clay to lean clay with sand (CL), or sandy silt to silt with sand (ML) soil within the 5 foot frost zone, then these areas with granular engineered fill should be provided with a drainage or weep system to prevent a “bathtub affect” from developing. If these zones are not drained, they have the potential to collect water within the void spaces and may undergo significant volumetric change during periods of freeze thaw. This change in volume has the potential to cause distress within the proposed structure.

4.3 Shallow Foundations

The following bearing recommendations are based on our understanding of the project. We assume foundation elements will impose maximum vertical loads as previously noted within this report.

In our opinion, you may support the proposed structures by founding strip footings and interior column footings on competent, non-organic native soils, or engineered fill, providing such construction complies with the criteria established within this report.

The majority of the site, at likely foundation levels, consists of dense sand. The sandy lean clay seams on the site do not have as high an allowable bearing capacity as the dense sands. We are providing two maximum net allowable bearing pressures. A maximum net allowable bearing pressure of 3,500 psf can be achieved by following the soil corrections and site preparation recommendations noted in the Section 4.2 Site Preparation. A maximum net allowable bearing pressure of 6,000 that can be achieved by following the recommendations in Section 4.2 Site Preparation and by removing the loose to medium dense sand and all clay soils below the footings to a depth equal to at least three-fourths the width of isolated square footings or one and one-half the width of strip foundations, or until the excavation encounters dense sand (N-value>15 BPF); and backfilling with properly compacted granular soil.

Design of footings may be based on the Table 5 maximum net allowable soil bearing pressures.

Table 5: Recommended Maximum Net Allowable Soil Bearing Pressure1 - Conventional Shallow Foundation Construction

Location Criteria

Perimeter Strip Footings, Perimeter Columns: Perimeter strip footings and perimeter column footing supported on documented fill or competent native soils below depth of frost penetration.

Interior Strip Footings: Interior strip footings supported on documented fill or competent native soils at a depth that provides no less than 6 inches of clearance between the top of footing and underside of floor slab (for sand cushion).

Interior Column Footings: Supported on documented fill or competent native soils at a depth that provides no less than 6 inches of clearance between the top of footing and underside of floor slab (for sand cushion).

Maximum 3,500 psf

(All foundations)

Maximum 6,000 psf

(Foundations on dense sand or compacted sand

backfill)

1. Maximum net allowable soil bearing pressure recommendations predicated on foundation design and construction complying with recommendations presented within this report. To minimize local failure of supporting soils, it is our opinion foundation construction should comply with the International Building Code (IBC) requirements.




Page 9 of 17

Foundations in unheated and minimally heated buildings, such as garages, stoops and canopies, should be based at least 5 feet below the proposed finished grade for frost protection. Footings below structures anticipated to be heated (greater than 60 degrees F) in winter should be constructed at least 3.5 feet below proposed finished grade.

Continuous strip footings under bearing walls should be at least 1.0 foot wider than the walls they support. Interior footings should be based at least 1.5 feet below design floor elevation.

4.4 Bearing Factor of Safety and Estimate of Settlement

We estimate that the native soils, or properly compacted backfill, will provide a theoretical factor of safety of 3 against localized bearing failure when construction complies with report criteria and recommendations and the structural design of the foundations uses the Table 5 maximum net allowable soil bearing recommendation(s).

We estimate that footings loaded per report recommendations may experience long term, total settlement of approximately 1/2 to 1 inch. Differential settlement will be on the order of 25 to 50 percent of total settlement. Generally, the greatest differential settlement occurs between lightly loaded and heavily loaded footings, particularly if heavily loaded footings are located adjacent to lightly loaded strip footings. Most of the settlement will occur on first loading, as the structure is erected.

Furthermore, total and differential movement of footings and floor slabs could be significantly greater than the above estimates if you support construction on frozen soils. The moisture content of the bearing soils significantly changes from in-situ conditions when snow or ice lenses are incorporated into site earthwork.

4.5 Subsurface Drainage

NTI considers the installation of a subsurface drain system at the interior base of foundation walls to be a preferred practice of construction. The subsurface drain system will help to limit moisture accumulation within granular soils placed below interior floors. NTI also recommends the placement of a separate subsurface drainage system exterior to perimeter foundation walls to reduce the risk of hydrostatic pressure against the foundation walls.

As a general guideline, subsurface drainage consists of a geotextile and coarse drainage aggregate encased slotted or perforated pipe extending to sump basin(s). We recommend that exterior drainage be separated from interior drainage to reduce risk of cross flow and moisture infiltration below structure interior.

4.6 Slab-on-Grade Floors

The floor slab should be constructed directly over documented engineered fill or non-organic, competent native soil as described in the Site Preparation section. The design of the floor slab may be based on an estimated modulus of subgrade reaction (k) of 175 pci (pounds per square inch per inch of depth).




Page 10 of 17

The final 6 inches of fill below the concrete floor slab should consist of pit run or processed sand (sand cushion) with 100 percent material passing the 1-inch sieve, no more than 40 percent passing the No. 40 sieve and no more than 5 percent material passing the No. 200 Sieve. The moisture content of the sand cushion should be within plus or minus 2 percent of the optimum moisture content determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM: D 698).

All interior at-grade floors with impervious or near impervious surfacing such as, but not limited to, paint, hardening agent, vinyl tile, ceramic tile, or wood flooring, should include provision for installation of a vapor barrier system. Historically, vapor barrier systems can consist of many different types of synthetic membrane and can be placed either below sand cushion materials or at the underside of the concrete floor. All such issues are contentious and have both positive and negative aspects associated with long term performance of the floor. NTI recommends that the flooring supplier be contacted to provide any specific requirements that may be applicable to their product. Overall, we recommend you install some form of vapor barrier below the project floor (for at-grade and basement construction, as appropriate).

We recommend that you isolate floor slabs from other building components by placement of a nominal ½ inch thick expansion joint between the floor and walls, and/or columns. This construction must also apply a compatible sealant after curing of the floor slab to reduce moisture penetration though the expansion joint. As a minimum, you should install a bond breaker to isolate and reduce binding of building components.

4.7 Utilities

Utility trenches should be backfilled in 6-inch maximum depth loose lifts. It is especially important that you compact trench backfill of underground utilities to minimize future settlement of green space and pavement areas. Please refer to Appendix B for compaction specifications.

The Geotechnical Engineer of Record or their designated representative should observe the project excavations to determine that unsuitable materials have been properly removed and adequate bearing support is provided by the exposed soils. The exposed soil at the base should be compacted to 95 percent standard Proctor dry density (ASTM D698). Such observations and testing should be performed prior to backfilling.

The on-site, non-organic soils are anticipated to be suitable for reuse if properly moisture conditioned and compacted. Replacement backfill required in utility trenches should consist of non-organic material similar to the surrounding soil. If sand is used as trench backfill, we recommend that the five feet of trench backfill closest to the structure be backfilled with cohesive soil to help prevent the infiltration of groundwater into the structure through the trench. This trench plug should consist of material with at least 40 percent material passing the No.200 sieve and a liquid limit of less than 45.

The stability of embankments along utility excavations is dependent on soil strength, site geometry, moisture content, and any surcharge load for excavated soils and equipment. Cautionary comment on excavation stability is provided within other report sections.




Page 11 of 17

We herein note that the Contractor is solely responsible for assessing the stability of and executing underground utility and project excavations using safe methods. Contractor is also responsible for naming the “competent individual” as per Subpart P of 29 CFR 1926.6 (Federal Register - OSHA).

4.8 Exterior Foundation Wall Backfill

4.8.1 Earth Retaining Foundation Walls

Earth retaining foundation wall backfill placement and associated final grading adjacent to the structure can significantly impact the performance of the structure. We understand that the proposed structure will have one (1) below-grade basement level.

NTI recommends that the exterior backfill for the below-grade foundation walls should consist of non-organic, debris free, granular soils with less than 12 percent passing the No. 200 sieve.

Placement of exterior backfill against below-grade foundation walls, which retain soils, should be limited until lateral restraint of the foundation walls has been installed to the satisfaction of the Structural Engineer. Final grading of exterior backfill should provide sufficient grade for positive drainage away from the structure.

A subsurface drain system must be installed at the base of the foundation wall to reduce the potential for hydrostatic loading of the foundation wall. If the drain tile system were to be omitted, there is the potential for, significantly larger lateral earth pressures to develop if the backfill adjacent to the below grade walls becomes saturated. A typical drainage system would consist of geotextile fabric encasing coarse drainage aggregate or aggregate encasement surrounding a geotextile wrapped perforated pipe.

Below grade walls which retain earth will experience lateral loading that may be modeled as an equivalent fluid pressure, pounds per cubic foot (pcf), applied to the walls, providing such complies with geometric conditions which support such modeling. We recommend using granular backfill designed to the Table 6 “at-rest” equivalent fluid pressure for design of respective soil retaining walls.




Page 12 of 17

Table 6: Estimate of Equivalent Fluid Weight of Retained Soils

Equivalent Fluid Pressure1

Type of Retained Soil – (Moist Unit Weight2)

Friction Angle2 (deg.)

“At Rest” Condition

(pcf)

“Active” Condition

(pcf)

“Passive” Condition

(pcf)

Sand, Sand with Silt (SP, SP-SM)3 – (120 pcf) 32 55 35 390

Silty Sand (SM) – (120 pcf) 30 60 40 360

Sandy Silt to Silt with Sand - (120 pcf) 24 70 50 285

Clayey Sand (SC) or Sandy lean Clay (CL) – (125 pcf) 26 70 50 320

1. The recommendations for equivalent fluid pressure are based solely on assumed conditions with respect to sloping ground, hydrostatic pressures, and/or surcharge loads and do not include a factor of safety. Design professional is cautioned that actual loads imparted to the structure will be dependent on soil conditions, site geometric considerations and surcharge loads imparted to the structure.

2. The Moist Unit Weights and Friction Angle recommendations noted above are estimates based on industry recognized empirical correlations, assumed conditions, and our experience with similar soil conditions.

3. For use of the equivalent fluid weights of a sand backfill, backfill must extend laterally a minimum of 2 feet away from the base of the foundation wall and extend up to the surface at an angle no greater than 60 degrees from horizontal. If other materials are used as backfill within this zone the recommendations SP or SP-SM backfill in the table above are not applicable.

The final one foot of exterior backfill for green areas may consist of clay or silt-based topsoil. The final exterior backfill for areas supporting sidewalks and/or pavements should consist of a free draining aggregate base as recommended for the respective construction.

Backfill should be tempered for correct moisture content, then placed and compacted in individual lifts of exterior backfill per criteria presented within Appendix B of our report.

4.8.2 Non-Earth Retaining Foundation Walls

Exterior backfill of at-grade foundations walls which do not retain soil should consist of non-organic, debris free soils. Placement of exterior backfill against at-grade non-earth retaining foundation walls should be performed concurrent with interior backfill to minimize differential loading, rotation and/or movement of the wall system.

The final one foot of exterior backfill for green areas may consist of clay or silt-based topsoil. The final exterior backfill for areas supporting sidewalks and/or pavements should consist of a free draining aggregate base as recommended for the respective construction.

Backfill should be tempered for correct moisture content, then placed and compacted in individual lifts of exterior backfill per criteria presented within Appendix B of our report.




Page 13 of 17

4.9 Surface Drainage

You should maintain positive drainage during and after construction of the project and eliminate ponding of water on site soils. We recommend that you include provisions within construction documents for positive drainage of site. You should install sumps at critical areas around project excavations to assist in removal of seepage and runoff from site.

We recommend that sidewalks, curbing, pavements, and green space be designed to direct drainage away from the structures. We recommend that you provide a 5 percent gradient within 10 feet of buildings for drainage from lawn, and 2 percent minimum gradient from buildings for drainage of sidewalks / pavements. All pavements should drain to on-site storm collection, municipal collection system, or roadside ditching.

Roof runoff should be directed away from the building by a system of interior roof and scupper drains, or rain gutters, down spouts and splash pads. It is our opinion interior roof drains plumbed directly to the storm water piping system provide the most favorable method of conveying drainage from the roof as interior drains do not freeze or discharge runoff onto exterior sidewalks and pavements.

4.10 Pavement Construction

The Contractor must realize that the encountered sandy lean clay to lean clay with sand (CL), silty sand (SM), clayey sand (SC), and sand with silt to sandy silt (ML) soils will be moisture-sensitive and protecting them from inclement weather will aid in maintaining stability. Stripping of the existing topsoil should occur immediately prior to subgrade preparation and base aggregate installation to minimize weather-induced instability. Sandy silt soils are not recommended for use immediately below the pavement section. When encountered, they should be removed to a depth of at least 2 feet and replaced with granular soil.

We assume project traffic will be separated into two distinct classes; heavy duty traffic comprised of fire trucks, delivery trucks, and refuse trucks, and light duty traffic comprised of passenger vehicles. Our pavement recommendations are predicated on separation of this traffic.

After the removal of the existing topsoil, we recommend that, at a minimum, soils with high organic content (5 percent or greater by dry weight beneath the roadway and parking areas) and other deleterious substances be removed from beneath pavement areas. Slightly organic soils, those with an organic content less than 5 percent within the roadway and parking areas, can remain in place provided that they are at least 3 feet below the bottom of the pavement section and can be sufficiently compacted to provide a stable platform for construction of the proposed pavements.

The resulting subgrade, following site grading, should first be scarified and re-compacted to a depth of 12 inches. A proof roll test should then be performed to determine soft or unstable subgrade areas. The proof roll should be performed with a tandem axle dump truck loaded to gross capacity. Acceptance criteria of the proof roll shall be limited to rut formation no more than one-inch (1”) depth (front or rear axles) and no pumping (rolling) observed during the visual inspection. Proof roll tests should be observed by an experienced technician or geotechnical engineer prior to placement of the aggregate base course to verify the subgrade will provide adequate pavement support.




Page 14 of 17

If rutting or localized unstable subgrade areas are observed, those areas should be subcut, moisture-conditioned, and re-compacted or removed to a stable depth. Excavations for soil corrections (if any) in paved areas should allow for a 2-foot oversize beyond the edges of the pavement.

If fill is required in paved areas, we recommend that it consist of soils similar in composition to the existing subgrade soils. If clean sand materials are utilized as engineered fill in the areas where silt and clay-based soils were encountered, they will need to be adequately drained as to not create a “bathtub” effect overlying the silt-based soils. If not adequately drained, there is the potential that groundwater may collect within the void spaces of the sand and result in vertical movements during periods of freeze/thaw.

Individual lifts of engineered fill in proposed paved areas should be tempered for moisture content, placed and compacted as listed in the Compaction Guidelines table in Appendix B.

The performance of stabilometer or similar tests, were beyond the scope of this report; however, they may be performed, upon request, for an additional fee. We estimate that a properly prepared subgrade would have an average stabilometer R value of 15.

The following minimum thicknesses were estimated based upon our estimated traffic loading, limited soils information, variation across the project area, and experience with similar projects and soil conditions.

For a 20-year design pavement life and estimated traffic volumes, Table 7 presents our thickness recommendations for flexible (bituminous) pavement.

Table 7: Recommended Flexible Pavement Thickness Design Alternative

Pavement Section

Light Duty (Parking Stalls)

Heavy Duty (Drive Lanes / Truck Areas)

Bituminous Wear Course (inches) 1.5 2.0

Bituminous Base Course (inches) 2.0 2.0

Class 5 or 6 Aggregate Base (inches) 6.0 8.0

We recommend rigid Portland cement concrete pavements be constructed at entrance aprons, trash enclosures, and other areas where point loads and turning stresses are more likely to damage the pavement. Based on the performance of concrete pavements at similar sites, we recommend the concrete pavement design alternative listed in Table 8.

Table 8: Recommended Rigid Pavement Thickness Design Alternative

Pavement Section

Heavy Duty (Drive Lanes / Truck Areas)

Static Loading Areas (Loading Areas, Dumpsters)

Unreinforced Concrete (inches) 6.0 7.0

Class 5 or 6 Aggregate Base (inches) 6.0 6.0




Page 15 of 17

The soils encountered in areas of this site are quite susceptible to loss of strength when wet under dynamic loading conditions. The recommended pavement section is based on the post construction end use of the pavements. Loads during construction may exceed these conditions. Additional stabilization of the subgrade may be required in high traffic construction areas, such as access roads and lay-down yards. This stabilization could be achieved through modification of the pavement section with the addition of crushed stabilizing aggregate or through moisture conditioning and re-compacting. Subgrades should be stabilized prior to the placement of the final pavement section. We recommend that a proof roll be performed immediately before the placement of pavements, especially those exposed to precipitation.

Pavement recommendations assume the aggregate section below paved surfaces will be maintained in a drained condition. This may be accomplished by subsurface piping for eventual discharge into storm sewer, or above grade to ditching, or similar acceptable systems. Lack of surface and subsurface drainage will significantly reduce the capacity and longevity of the pavement systems indicated above.

We recommend pavements receive annual maintenance, as a minimum, to correct damages to the pavement structure, clean and infill cracks which develop, and repair or resurface areas which exhibit reduced subgrade performance. The lack of maintenance can lead to moisture infiltration of the pavement structure and softening of the subgrade soils. This, in turn, can degrade the performance of the pavement system and result in poorly performing pavements with shortened life expectancy.

4.11 Stormwater Infiltration

The on-site clayey sand (SC), sandy lean clay (CL), and sandy silt (ML) soils encountered at the proposed pond boring locations (SB-14 and SB-15) are generally considered to be marginal to unsuitable for the infiltration of stormwater. Table 9 provides estimated infiltration rates for the various soil types encountered on-site.

Table 9: Estimated Infiltration Rates1

Unified Soil Classification System - Soil Type Estimated Cumulative Infiltration Rate

(inches/hour)

Clayey Sand (SC) to Sandy Lean Clay (CL) 0.06

Sandy Silt (ML) 0.20

1. All findings are approximate based on correlation of on-site soils to the Minnesota Stormwater Manual, or other published literature.

We recommend that Double-Ring Infiltrometer tests be performed to verify or potentially obtain less conservative rates as compared to the values shown above. NTI would be pleased to perform these services.




Page 16 of 17

The amount of compaction that is achieved during the placement of engineered fill will affect the infiltration of the stormwater. We recommend that the soils achieve no more than 90 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by the standard Proctor test (ASTM D 698) within the stormwater infiltration area. In addition, construction traffic should be limited, to the extent practical in these areas, to minimize the compaction of the subgrade soils due to wheel loads. There is the potential that the upper zone of the soil may need to be loosened via mechanical disking if the area is over-compacted due to construction traffic.

4.12 Frost Considerations

The clayey sand (SC), sandy silt to silt with sand (ML), silty sand (SM), and sandy lean clay (CL) soils encountered at the site are moderately to highly frost susceptible. Small amounts of groundwater, or infiltrated surface water, can be detrimental to the performance of the slabs and pavements. Exterior slabs and pavements should be expected to heave. If frost action needs to be eliminated in critical areas, then we recommend the use of structural slabs (e.g., as structural stoops in front of building doors

In entrances with concrete plaza areas and ADA accessible ramps where structural support is not practical, we recommend placing clean sand (SP) or sand with silt (SP-SM) soils with less than 10 percent material passing the No. 200 sieve beneath these areas. This area should be connected to drain tile connected to the site drainage system if it is surrounded by clayey sand. A 3H: 1V (Horizontal: Vertical) transition zone between non or low frost susceptible soils (SP, SP-SM) and other soils to help prevent differential frost movement.

Non-frost susceptible fill should consist of poorly graded sand or gravel with less than 5 percent material passing the No. 200 sieve (SP) and less than 50 percent passing the No. 40 sieve.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS

5.1 Excavation Stability

Excavation depth and sidewall inclination should not exceed those specified in local, state, or federal regulations. Excavations may need to be widened and sloped, or temporarily braced, to maintain or develop a safe work environment. Also, contractors should comply with local, state, and federal safety regulations including current OSHA excavation and trench safety standards. Temporary shoring must be designed in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements.

5.2 Engineered Fill & Winter Construction

The Geotechnical Engineer of Record or their designated representative should observe and evaluate excavations to verify removal of uncontrolled fills, topsoil and/or unsuitable material(s), and adequacy of bearing support of exposed soils. Such observation should occur prior to construction of foundations or placement of engineered fill supporting excavations.

Engineered fill should be approved by the Geotechnical Engineer of Record prior to placement. In addition, the engineered fill should be tempered for correct moisture content and then place and compact individual lifts of engineered fill to criteria established within the appendices attachment.




Page 17 of 17

Frozen soil should never be used as engineered fill or backfill, nor should you support foundations on frozen soils. Moisture freezing within the soil matrix of fine grained and/or cohesive soils produces ice lenses. Such soils gain moisture from capillary action and, with continued growth, heave with formation of ice lenses within the soil matrix. Foundations constructed on frozen soils have the potential to settle once ice lenses thaw.

You should protect excavations and foundations from freezing conditions or accumulation of snow, and remove frozen soils, snow, and ice from within excavations, fill section or from below proposed foundations. Replacement soils should consist of similar materials as those removed from the excavation with moisture content, placement and compaction conforming to report criteria.

6.0 CLOSURE

As the widely spaced, small diameter borings provide only a limited amount of data regarding the existing fill, the existing fill may contain soft zones, debris or significantly greater amounts of unsuitable materials than could be reasonably inferred from the boring information. Unsuitable materials may not be discovered during construction and may remain buried within the fill below the slabs and pavements, resulting in greater than anticipated settlements of the slabs and pavements. These risks cannot be eliminated without completely removing the fill, but they can be reduced by thorough exploration and testing during site preparation and construction.

Our conclusions and recommendations are predicated on observation and testing of the earthwork directed by Geotechnical Engineer of Record. Our opinions are based on data assumed representative of the site. However, the area coverage of borings in relation to the entire project is very small. For this and other reasons, we do not warrant conditions below the depth of our borings, or that the strata logged from our borings are necessarily typical of the site. Deviations from our recommendations by plans, written specifications, or field applications shall relieve us of responsibility unless our written concurrence with such deviations has been established.

The scope of services for this project does not include either specifically or by implication any environmental or biological assessment of the site or identification or prevention of pollutants, hazardous materials or conditions. If the owner is concerned about the potential for such contamination or pollution, other studies should be undertaken.

This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of City of Inver Grove Heights and their agents for specific application to the proposed Inver Grove Heights Fire Station project in Inver Grove Heights, Minnesota. Northern Technologies, LLC has endeavored to comply with generally accepted geotechnical engineering practice common to the local area. Northern Technologies, LLC makes no other warranty, expressed or implied.




APPENDIX A

GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION OF RECOVERED SOIL SAMPLES

FIELD EXPLORATION PROCEDURES

GENERAL NOTES

WATER LEVEL SYMBOL

DESCRIPTIVE TERMINOLOGY

RELATIVE PROPORTIONS

PARTICLE SIZES

CLASSIFICATION OF SOILS FOR ENGINEERING PURPOSES

EXCAVATION OVERSIZE




GEOTECHNICAL EVALUATION OF RECOVERED SOIL SAMPLES

We visually examined recovered soil samples to estimate distribution of grain sizes, plasticity, consistency, moisture condition, color, presence of lenses and seams, and apparent geologic origin. We then classified the soils according using the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2488). A chart describing this classification system and general notes explaining soil sampling procedures are presented within appendices attachments.

The stratification depth lines between soil types on the logs are estimated based on the available data. In-situ, the transition between type(s) may be distinct or gradual in either the horizontal or vertical directions. The soil conditions have been established at our specific boring locations only. Variations in the soil stratigraphy may occur between and around the borings, with the nature and extent of such change not readily evident until exposed by excavation. These variations must be properly assessed when utilizing information presented on the boring logs.

We request that you, your design team or contractors contact NTI immediately if local conditions differ from those assumed by this report, as we would need to review how such changes impact our recommendations. Such contact would also allow us to revise our recommendations as necessary to account for the changed site conditions.

FIELD EXPLORATION PROCEDURES

Soil Sampling – Standard Penetration Boring:

Soil sampling was performed according to the procedures described by ASTM D-1586. Using this procedure, a 2-inch O.D. split barrel sampler is driven into the soil by a 140-pound weight falling 30 inches. After an initial set of six inches, the number of blows required to drive the sampler an additional 12 inches is recorded (known as the penetration resistance (i.e. “N-value”) of the soil at the point of sampling. The N-value is an index of the relative density of cohesionless soils and an approximation of the consistency of cohesive soils.

Soil Sampling – Power Auger Boring:

The boring(s) was/were advanced with a 6-inch nominal diameter continuous flight auger. As a result, samples recovered from the boring are disturbed, and our determination of the depth, extend of various stratum and layers, and relative density or consistency of the soils is approximate.

Soil Classification:

Soil samples were visually and manually classified in general conformance with ASTM D-2488 as they were removed from the sampler(s). Representative fractions of soil samples were then sealed within respective containers and returned to the laboratory for further examination and verification of the field classification. In addition, select samples were submitted for laboratory tests. Individual sample information, identification of sampling methods, method of advancement of the samples and other pertinent information concerning the soil samples are presented on boring logs and related report attachments.




GENERAL NOTES

DRILLING and SAMPLING SYMBOLS LABORATORY TEST SYMBOLS SYMBOL DEFINITION SYMBOL DEFINITION

C.S. Continuous Sampling W Moisture content-percent of dry weight P.D. 2-3/8” Pipe Drill D Dry Density-pounds per cubic foot C.O. Cleanout Tube LL, PL Liquid and plastic limits determined in accordance

with ASTM D 423 and D 424 3 HSA 3 ¼” I.D. Hollow Stem Auger QU Unconfined compressive strength-pounds per

square foot in accordance with ASTM D 2166-66 4 FA 4” Diameter Flight Auger 6 FA 6” Diameter Flight Auger 2 ½ C 2 ½” Casing 4 C 4” Casing D.M. Drilling Mud Pq Penetrometer reading-tons/square foot J.W. Jet Water S Torvane reading-tons/square foot H.A. Hand Auger G Specific Gravity – ASTM D 854-58 NXC Size NX Casing SL Shrinkage limit – ASTM 427-61 BXC Size BX Casing Ph Hydrogen ion content-meter method AXC Size AX casing O Organic content-combustion method SS 2” O.D. Split Spoon Sample M.A. Grain size analysis 2T 2” Thin Wall Tube Sample C* One dimensional consolidation 3T 3” Thin Wall Tube Sample QC Triaxial Compression * See attached data Sheet and/or graph

WATER LEVEL SYMBOL

Water levels shown on the boring logs were determined at the time and under the conditions indicated. In sand, the indicated levels can be considered relatively reliable for most site conditions. In clay soils, it is not possible to determine the ground water level within the normal scope of a test boring investigation, except where lenses or layers of more pervious water bearing soil are present; and then a long period of time may be necessary to reach equilibrium. Therefore, the position of the water level symbol for cohesive or mixed soils may not indicate the true level of the ground water table. The available water level information is given at the bottom of the log sheet.

DESCRIPTIVE TERMINOLOGY

RELATIVE DENSITY CONSISTENCY TERM N60 Value (corrected) TERM N60 Value (corrected)

Very Loose 0 – 4 Soft 0-4 Loose 5 – 8 Medium 5-8 Medium Dense 9 – 16 Rather Stiff 9 – 15 Dense 16 – 30 Stiff 16 – 30 Very Dense Over 30 Very Stiff Over 30

RELATIVE PROPORTIONS PARTICLE SIZES

TERMS RANGE MATERIAL DESCRIPTION U.S. SIEVE SIZE

Trace 0 – 5% Boulders Over 3” A little 5 – 15% Gravel Coarse 3” to ¾” Some 15 – 30% Medium ¾” to #4 Sand Coarse #4 to #10 Medium #10 to #40 Fine #40 to #200 Silt and Clay Determined by Hydrometer Test




CLASSIFICATION of SOILS for ENGINEERING PURPOSES

ASTM Designation D-2487 and D2488 (Unified Soil Classification System)

Major Divisions Group

Symbol Typical Name Classification Criteria

Co

urs

e G

rain

ed S

oils

M

ore

th

an 5

0%

ret

ain

ed o

n N

o. 2

00

sie

ve *

Gra

vels

50

% o

r m

ore

of

coar

se f

ract

ion

reta

ine

d o

n N

o. 4

sie

ve.

Cle

an G

rave

ls

GW Well –graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines.

Cla

ssif

icat

ion

on

bas

is o

f p

erc

en

tage

of

fin

es.

Le

ss t

han

5%

pas

sin

g N

o. 2

00

Sie

ve:

GW

, GP

, SW

, SP

M

ore

th

an 1

2%

pas

sin

g N

o. 2

00

Sie

ve:

GM

, GC

, SM

, SC

Fro

m 5

% t

o 1

2%

pas

sin

g N

o. 2

00

Sie

ve:

Bo

rder

line

Cla

ssif

icat

ion

req

uir

ing

use

o

f d

uel

sym

bo

ls.

Cu = D60 / D10 greater than 4. Cz = (D30)2 / (D10 x D60) between 1 & 3.

GP Poorly graded gravels and gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines.

Not meeting both criteria for GW materials.

Gra

vels

wit

h F

ines

GM Silty gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures.

Atterberg limits below “A” line, or P.I. less than 4.

Atterberg limits plotting in hatched area are borderline classifications requiring use of dual symbols.

GC Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay mixtures.

Atterberg limits above “A” line with P.I. greater than 7.

San

ds

Mo

re t

han

50

% o

f co

arse

fra

ctio

n

pas

ses

No

4 s

ieve

.

Cle

an S

and

s SW Well-graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines.

Cu = D60 / D10 greater than 6. Cz = (D30)2 / (D10 x D60) between 1 & 3.

SP Poorly-graded sands and gravelly sands, little or no fines.

Not meeting both criteria for SW materials.

San

ds

wit

h

Fin

es

SM Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures.

Atterberg limits below “A” line, or P.I. less than 4.

Atterberg limits plotting in hatched area are borderline classifications requiring use of dual symbols.

SC Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures.

Atterberg limits above “A” line with P.I. > 7.

Fin

e G

rain

ed S

oils

M

ore

th

an 5

0%

pas

ses

No

. 20

0 s

ieve

*

Silt

s an

d C

lays

Liq

uid

Lim

it o

f 5

0%

or

less

ML Inorganic silts, very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands.

CL

Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays.

OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity.

Silt

s an

d C

lays

Liq

uid

Lim

it g

reat

er t

han

50

%.

MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sands or silts, elastic silts.

CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays.

OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity.

Hig

hly

Org

anic

Soils

Pt Peat, muck and other highly organic soils.

Plas

ticity

Inde

x C

hart

0102030405060

010

2030

4050

6070

8090

100

Liqu

id L

imit

Plasticity Limit

Cha

rt fo

r cla

ssif

icat

ion

of fi

ne g

rain

ed so

ils

and

the

fin

frac

tion

of c

oars

e gr

aine

d so

ils.

Att

erbe

rg L

imit

s plo

ttin

g in

hat

ched

are

a ar

e bo

rder

line

clas

sifi

cati

ons r

equi

ring

use

of d

ual

sym

bols

.

OH

& M

H So

ils

CH

Soils

CL

Soils

OL

& M

L So

ils

"A"

Line

CL-

ML

Soils




EXCAVATION OVERSIZE

Excavation oversize facilitates distribution of load induced stress within supporting soils. Unless otherwise superseded by report specific requirements, all construction should conform to the minimum oversize and horizontal offset requirements as presented within the diagram and associated chart.

Definitions Oversize Ratio H: The ratio of the horizontal distance divided by the engineered fill depth (i.e. #

Horizontal / Depth D). Refer to Chart for specific requirements.

Horizontal Offset A: The horizontal distance between the outside edge of footing or critical position and the crest of the engineered fill section. Refer to Chart for specific requirements.

Note 1: Excavation depth and sidewall inclination should not exceed those specified in local, state or federal regulations including those defined by Subpart P of Chapter 27, 29 CFR Part 1926 (of Federal Register). Excavations may need to be widened and sloped, or temporarily braced, to maintain or develop a safe work environment. Contractor is solely responsible for assessing stability under “means and methods”.

Condition Unsuitable Soil Type Horizontal Offset A Oversize Ratio H

Foundation Unit Load equal to or less than 3,000 psf.

SP, SM soils, CL & CH soils with cohesion greater than 1,000 psf

NA Equal to or greater than one (1) times Depth D

Foundation Unit Load greater than 3,000 psf

SP, SM soils, CL & CH soils with cohesion less than 1,000 psf

NA Equal to or greater than one (1) times Depth D

Foundation Unit Load equal to or less than 3,000 psf.

Topsoil or Peat 2 feet or width of footing, whichever is greater

Equal to or greater than two (2) times Depth D

Foundation Unit Load greater than 3,000 psf

Topsoil or Peat 5 feet or width of footing, whichever is greater

Equal to or greater than two (3) times Depth D

Unsuitable Soils (i.e. Excavated Materials), Refer to Chart and report for requirements.

Competent Soils (i.e. acceptable for support of embankment and structure), Refer to report for specific requirements.

Horizontal Offset A (Refer to Chart)

Oversize Ratio H (Refer to Chart)

Depth D: Engineered Fill, Refer to report for material type and placement criteria.

Structure and/or Basement

Backfill Surface & Soils, Refer to report for specific material type and placement criteria.

Excavation Back Slope (Refer to Note1)

Figure 1: Excavation Oversize




APPENDIX B

GROUNDWATER ISSUES

PLACEMENT and COMPACTION OF ENGINEERED FILL




GROUNDWATER ISSUES

The following presents additional comment and soil specific issues related to measurement of groundwater conditions at your project site.

Note that our groundwater measurements, or lack thereof, will vary depending on the time allowed for equilibrium to occur in the borings. Extended observation time was not available during the scope of the field exploration program and, therefore, groundwater measurements as noted on the borings logs may or may not accurately reflect actual conditions at your site.

Seasonal and yearly fluctuations of the ground water level, if any, occur. Perched groundwater may be present within sand and silt lenses bedded within cohesive soil formations. Groundwater typically exists at depth within cohesive and cohesionless soils.

Documentation of the local groundwater surface and any perched groundwater conditions at the project site would require installation of temporary piezometers and extended monitoring due to the relatively low permeability exhibited by the site soils. We have not performed such groundwater evaluation due to the scope of services authorized for this project.

We anticipate that a system of sump pits and pumps located outside of the foundation areas would be suitable for control if perched groundwater were to be encountered. If excavations were to be advanced into the ground water table at depth within free draining granular soils a well point system would be more suitable. However, we caution such seepage from such formations and any water entry from excavations below the groundwater table may be heavy and will vary based on seasonal and annual precipitation, and ground related impacts in the vicinity of the project.




PLACEMENT and COMPACTION OF ENGINEERED FILL

Unless otherwise superseded within the body of the Geotechnical Exploration Report, the following criteria shall be utilized for placement of engineered fill on project. This includes, but is not limited to, earthen fill placement to improve site grades, fill placed below structural footings, fill placed interior of structure, and fill placed as backfill of foundations.

Engineered fill placed for construction, if necessary should consist of natural, non-organic, competent soils native to the project area. Such soils may include, but are not limited to gravel, sand, or clays with Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2488) classifications of GW, SP, or SM. Use of silt or clayey silt as project fill will require additional review and approval of project Geotechnical Engineer of Record. Such soils have USCS classifications of ML, MH, ML-CL, MH-CH. Use of topsoil, marl, peat, other organic soils construction debris and/or other unsuitable materials as fill is not allowed. Such soils have USCS classifications of OL, OH, Pt.

Engineered fill, classified as clay, should be tempered such that the moisture content at the time of placement is equal to and no more than 3 percent above the optimum content for as defined by the appropriate proctor test. Likewise, engineered fill classified as gravel or sand should be tempered such that the moisture content at the time of placement is within 3 percent of the optimum content.

All engineered fill for construction should be placed in individual 8-inch maximum depth lifts. Each lift of fill should be compacted by large vibratory equipment until the in-place soil density is equal to or greater than the criteria established within the following tabulation.

Type of Construction

Compaction Criteria (% respective Proctor) 1

Clay Sand or Gravel

General Embankment Fill Min. 95 Min. 95

Engineered Fill below Foundations Min. 98 Min. 98

Engineered Fill below Floor Slabs Min. 98 Min. 98

Engineered Fill placed as Pavement Aggregate Base NA Min. 100

Engineered Fill placed to within 3 feet of pavement aggregate base

Min. 95 Min. 95

Engineered Fill placed within 3 feet of pavement aggregate base

Min. 100 Min. 100

Note 1 Unless otherwise required, compaction shall be based on the Standard Proctor Test (ASTM D698).

Density tests should be taken during engineered fill placement to document earthwork has achieved necessary compaction of the material(s). Recommendations for interior fill placement and backfill of foundation walls are presented within other sections of this report.




APPENDIX C

BORING LOCATION DIAGRAM

SOIL BORING LOGS

Borin

g Lo

catio

n Di

agra

m

Inve

r Gro

ve H

eigh

ts F

ire S

tatio

n In

ver G

rove

Hei

ghts

, Min

neso

ta

NTI P

roje

ct #

: 18.

MSP

0482

2.00

0 NO

TE: B

orin

g lo

catio

ns a

re a

ppro

xim

ate.

Com

plet

ed B

orin

g Lo

catio

ns:

SB-1

2 SB

-15

SB-1

4

SB-1

3

SB-1

0

SB-1

1

SB-1

SB

-2

SB-3

SB-4

SB-5

SB

-6

SB-7

SB-9

SB-8

SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

4-2-2(4)

3-3-4(7)

7-8-5(13)

30-30-50(80)

8-8-7(15)

7-9-6(15)

4-9-10(19)

4-18-17(35)

23-11-8(19)

954.1

953.0

946.5

941.5

936.5

930.0

22

24

4

67

67

67

22

100

100

100

33

67

0.4

1.5

8.0

13.0

18.0

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) dark brown to black, fine tomedium grained, moist, trace gravel, trace organics(Undocumented Fill)NOTE: Organic content at 1.0 foot = 2.5%.SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) brown, moist, medium tovery stiff, trace gravel(Glacial Till)

NOTE: Apparent cobbles encountered at 5.5 feet.

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, medium dense, little gravel(Glacial Till)

POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT, (SP-SM) brown,fine to coarse grained, moist, dense, little gravel(Glacial Outwash)

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to coarsegrained, moist, very dense to dense, little gravel,possible cobbles(Glacial Till)NOTE: Limited recovery in Sample 8. Likely due toapparent cobbles.

Bottom of borehole at 24.5 feet.

DRILLING METHOD 3 1/4 in H.S.A

LOGGED BY RRH CHECKED BY RMB

DATE STARTED 3/12/18 COMPLETED 3/12/18

DRILLING CONTRACTOR NTI GROUND WATER LEVELS:

AT END OF DRILLING ---

AFTER DRILLING ---FROST DEPTH (ft) ---CAVE IN (ft) 2.5

NOTES Elevation determined using a Trimble GeoXH 6000 (NAVD 88 GeoID 09 datum).

HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.

AT TIME OF DRILLING --- No Groundwater Observed.

GROUND ELEVATION 954.5 feet

ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE

XMATERIAL DESCRIPTION

GR

AP

HIC

LOG

PAGE 1 OF 1BORING NUMBER SB-1

PROJECT LOCATION Inver Grove Heights, MN

CLIENT City of Inver Grove Heights

PROJECT NUMBER 18.MSP04822.000

PROJECT NAME Inver Grove Heights Fire Station

NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ

Inver Grove Heights6160 Carmen Avenue EastInver Grove Heights, MN 55076P: 651-389-4191www.NTIgeo.com

SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

4-3-2(5)

2-3-8(11)

5-8-7(15)

6-6-6(12)

5-6-8(14)

3-4-5(9)

4-5-6(11)

5-6-8(14)

5-7-8(15)

955.6

953.5

943.0

931.5

20

8

2

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

100

82

32

0.4

2.5

13.0

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)LEAN CLAY WITH SAND, (CL) dark brown, moist,trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to coarsegrained, moist, medium dense, little gravel(Glacial Till)

POORLY GRADED SAND, (SP-SM) brown, fine tocoarse grained, moist, medium dense, little gravel(Glacial Till)









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.


GROUND ELEVATION 956 feet

ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

4-4-4(8)

4-5-5(10)

7-8-8(16)

8-8-8(16)

8-9-11(20)

8-8-8(16)

8-8-8(16)

6-8-10(18)

9-10-10(20)

958.1

934.0

10

8

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

100

100

17

25

0.4

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, medium dense to dense, little gravel,possible cobbles(Glacial Till)NOTE: Occasional sandy layers below 3.0 feet.

NOTE: With gravel below 18.0 feet.









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

6-6-3(9)

2-3-4(7)

3-5-8(13)

3-11-8(19)

8-8-9(17)

15-12-8(20)

15-12-12(24)

10-11-12(23)

18-16-12(28)

957.6

956.5

952.5

950.0

947.5

933.5

25

2

67

67

67

67

67

100

100

100

17

6

0.4

1.5

5.5

8.0

10.5

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) dark brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) light brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, loose to medium dense, trace gravel(Glacial Till)NOTE: Brown below 3.0 feet.

POORLY GRADED SAND WITH CLAY, (SP-SC)reddish brown to brown, fine to coarse grained, moist,dense(Glacial Outwash)POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT, (SP-SM) brown,fine to coarse grained, moist, dense, trace gravel(Glacial Outwash)

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown to brown, fine tocoarse grained, moist, dense, trace gravel, occasionalcobbles(Glacial Till)









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

4-4-5(9)

1-2-2(4)

1-2-3(5)

7-9-8(17)

14-13-12(25)

5-6-8(14)

23-24-25(49)

6-6-6(12)

6-7-7(14)

962.1

961.0

957.0

951.5

949.5

938.0

24

29

7

67

67

67

67

67

100

67

67

67

32

0.4

1.5

5.5

11.0

13.0

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) dark brown, moist, tracegravel, trace organics(Undocumented Fill)NOTE: Organic content at 1.0 foot = 2.5%.SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) brown, moist, soft tomedium, trace gravel(Glacial Till)

CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL, (SC) brown, fine tocoarse grained, moist, dense, possible cobbles(Glacial Till)

POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT, (SP-SM) brown,fine to medium grained, moist, medium dense, tracegravel(Glacial Outwash)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) brown to reddish brown, moist,very dense to medium dense, little gravel, possiblecobbles(Glacial Till)









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

2-2-2(4)

2-2-2(4)

2-2-4(6)

2-3-4(7)

4-6-6(12)

6-6-6(12)

5-10-10(20)

5-6-11(17)

6-7-20(27)

959.6

957.0

952.0

935.5

19

27

8

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

100

33

0.4

3.0

8.0

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) dark brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)NOTE: Organic content at 1.5 feet = 1.4%.SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) light brown, moist, medium,trace gravel(Glacial Till)

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, medium dense to dense, little gravel(Glacial Till)

NOTE: Possible cobbles below 13.0 feet.









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

4-4-4(8)

4-8-8(16)

5-4-4(8)

12-13-13(26)

8-8-8(16)

9-9-9(18)

5-5-5(10)

5-10-10(20)

5-15-9(24)

965.6

964.5

960.0

958.0

955.5

941.5

22

6

67

67

67

67

67

100

100

100

100

69

0.4

1.5

6.0

8.0

10.5

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) dark brown, moist, littlegravel, occasional fine roots(Undocumented Fill)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) light gray, moist, stiff tomedium, trace gravel(Glacial Till)

SILTY SAND, (SM) brown to reddish brown, fine tocoarse grained, moist, dense, trace gravel(Glacial Till)POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT, (SP-SM) brown,fine to medium grained, moist, medium dense, tracegravel(Glacial Outwash)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, medium dense to dense, trace gravel,possible cobbles(Glacial Till)







AFTER DRILLING ---FROST DEPTH (ft) ---CAVE IN (ft) ---


HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

4-4-4(8)

2-4-7(11)

19-7-9(16)

21-13-15(28)

19-19-13(32)

8-50/2"

21-18-13(31)

20-20-20(40)

30-15-15(30)

960.6

959.5

955.5

936.5

24

8

67

67

44

67

67

100

67

33

67

35

0.4

1.5

5.5

24.5

TOPSOIL (4.5 Inches)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) brown to dark brown, fine tomedium grained, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) brown to reddish brown, fine tomedium grained, moist, medium dense, trace gravel(Glacial Till)

CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL, (SC) brown to reddishbrown, fine to medium grained, moist, dense to verydense, possible cobbles(Glacial Till)

NOTE: Limited recovery in Sample 8. Likely due toapparent cobbles.









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

8-8-5(13)

3-3-3(6)

5-12-11(23)

12-11-11(22)

7-11-10(21)

9-9-11(20)

11-12-15(27)

9-11-12(23)

4-10-10(20)

960.6

959.5

958.0

955.5

936.5

8

100

67

67

67

67

67

33

67

100

37

0.4

1.5

3.0

5.5

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) dark brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) brown to light brown, moist,trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)SILTY SAND, (SM) brown to dark brown, fine tomedium grained, moist, trace gravel, occasional buriedtopsoil(Undocumented Fill)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, dense, little gravel, possible cobbles(Glacial Till)

NOTE: Limited recovery in Sample 7. Likely due toapparent cobbles.









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

5-3-3(6)

5-3-8(11)

3-3-4(7)

5-4-5(9)

5-5-5(10)

19-17-21(38)

11-12-13(25)

22-12-15(27)

5-15-14(29)

959.6

957.0

954.5

949.5

935.5

21

26

11

67

67

67

67

67

33

67

67

100

0.4

3.0

5.5

10.5

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) dark brown to black, moist,trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)NOTE: Organic content at 1.0 foot = 2.4%.SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) light gray, moist, medium,trace gravel(Glacial Till)

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, medium dense, trace gravel(Glacial Till)

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, very dense to dense, trace gravel,occasional clay (CL) layers, possible cobbles(Glacial Till)NOTE: Limited recovery in Sample 6. Likely due toapparent cobbles.









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

7-8-3(11)

3-2-2(4)

965.1

962.525

100

67

0.4

3.0

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) brown, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)

Encountered practical auger refusal due to boulder /obstruction at 3.0 feet. Borehole was advanced in threeadjacent locations and auger refusal was encountered

at 3.0 feet in all locations.Bottom of borehole at 3.0 feet.








HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

18-15-12(27)

5-9-10(19)

10-13-15(28)

6-6-8(14)

7-9-10(19)

14-13-12(25)

10-12-22(34)

9-14-13(27)

4-10-12(22)

944.6

943.5

920.5

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

100

0.4

1.5

24.5

TOPSOIL (4.5 Inches)CLAYEY SAND WITH GRAVEL, (SC) brown to darkbrown, fine to coarse grained, moist(Undocumented Fill)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, medium dense to very dense, tracegravel(Glacial Till)NOTE Occasional sandy layers below 3.0 feet.

NOTE: Brown at 8.0 feet.

NOTE: Possible cobbles below 10.5 feet.









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

13 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

7-7-15(22)

2-2-2(4)

2-3-6(9)

3-3-5(8)

2-7-7(14)

14-9-9(18)

8-8-8(16)

5-7-8(15)

962.6

960.0

954.5

950.0

941.0

22

23

2

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

100

94

48

0.4

3.0

8.5

13.0

22.0

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) brown, fine to medium grained,moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)

SILT WITH SAND, (ML) light brown, moist, rather stiff tomedium, trace gravel(Glacial Till)

POORLY GRADED SAND WITH SILT, (SP-SM) brownto light brown, fine to coarse grained, moist, mediumdense to dense, trace gravel(Glacial Outwash)

SILTY SAND, (SM) light brown to reddish brown, finegrained, moist, medium dense, trace gravel(Glacial Till)

Encountered practical auger refusal due to boulder /obstruction at 22.0 feet.









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

14 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

2-1-1(2)

1-1-1(2)

1-1-1(2)

3-3-3(6)

3-3-3(6)

5-5-5(10)

5-6-7(13)

6-6-6(12)

7-7-7(14)

946.6

944.0

941.5

939.0

936.5

922.5

13

32

21

26

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

67

100

72

0.4

3.0

5.5

8.0

10.5

24.5

TOPSOIL (5.0 Inches)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) dark brown, fine to mediumgrained, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)

SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) black, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)

SANDY SILT, (ML) light gray, moist, medium, tracegravel(Glacial Till)

SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) light gray, moist, medium,trace gravel(Glacial Till)

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to coarsegrained, moist, medium dense, trace gravel(Glacial Till)









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.



ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

14 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ


SS1

SS2

SS3

SS4

SS5

SS6

SS7

SS8

SS9

2-2-2(4)

3-3-3(6)

3-3-3(6)

2-2-2(4)

1-1-1(2)

1-1-1(2)

1-2-2(4)

4-4-4(8)

8-9-24(33)

939.2

938.0

936.5

934.0

916.5

915.0

30

27

16

67

67

67

56

67

67

67

67

67

26

0.3

1.5

3.0

5.5

23.0

24.5

TOPSOIL (4.0 Inches)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) dark brown, moist, tracegravel(Undocumented Fill)SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) black, moist, trace gravel(Undocumented Fill)NOTE: Organic content at 1.5 feet = 2.8%.SANDY LEAN CLAY, (CL) light gray, moist, medium,trace gravel(Glacial Till)CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to coarsegrained, moist to saturated, very loose to loose, tracegravel(Glacial Till)

CLAYEY SAND, (SC) reddish brown, fine to coarsegrained, saturated, very dense, trace gravel, possiblecobbles(Glacial Till)









HOLE SIZE 6 1/2 in.

AT TIME OF DRILLING 10.00 ft / Elev 929.50 ft


ATTERBERGLIMITS

PLA

ST

ICLI

MIT

DE

PT

H(f

t)

0

5

10

15

20

SA

MP

LE T

YP

EN

UM

BE

R

BLO

WC

OU

NT

S(N

VA

LUE

)

PO

CK

ET

PE

N.

(tsf

)

MO

IST

UR

EC

ON

TE

NT

(%

)

LIQ

UID

LIM

IT

RE

CO

VE

RY

%(R

QD

)

FIN

ES

DR

Y U

NIT

WT

.(p

cf)

PLA

ST

ICIT

YIN

DE


GR

AP

HIC

LOG






NT

I LO

G -

GE

NE

RA

L (U

SE

TH

IS O

NE

) -

NT

I-20

17-0

9-14

.GD

T -

4/1

0/18

16:

14 -

H:\1

-PR

OJE

CT

S\2

018

PR

OJE

CT

S\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N -

GE

O -

(18

.MS

P04

822.

000)

\EN

GIN

EE

RIN

G\E

NG

INE

ER

ING

RE

PO

RT

S\A

PP

EN

DIX

C\IN

VE

R G

RO

VE

HE

IGH

TS

FIR

E S

TA

TIO

N.G

PJ




Comm. No. 600801


SECTION 011000 – SUMMARY

Page 1

SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Project information.

2. Work covered by Contract Documents.

3. Phased construction.

4. Work by Owner.

5. Work under separate contracts.

6. Future work.

7. Purchase contracts.

8. Owner-furnished products.

9. Contractor-furnished, Owner-installed products.

10. Access to site.

11. Coordination with occupants.

12. Work restrictions.

13. Specification and drawing conventions.

14. Miscellaneous provisions.

1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION

A. Project Identification: Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2.

1. Project Location: 9250 Courthouse Blvd, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077.

B. Owner: City of Inver Grove Heights.

1. Owner:

Judy Thill

Fire Chief

8150 Barbara Avenue

Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077

[email protected]

Joe Lynch

City Administrator

8150 Barbara Avenue


[email protected]



Comm. No. 600801



Page 2

C. Architect: Abby Hammes, (612) 332-1401 ext 2225, [email protected].

D. Architect's Consultants: The Architect has retained the following design professionals who

have prepared designated portions of the Contract Documents:

1. Civil Engineer

SRF Consulting Group, Inc.

Michael McGarvey, Asla, PLA

One Carlson Parkway North

Suite 150

Minneapolis, MN 55447

763.475.0010

[email protected]

2. Structural

Northland Consulting Engineers, LLP

Tom Rines, PE

102 South 21st Avenue West, Suite 1

Duluth, MN 55806

218.727.5995

[email protected]

3. Plumbing, Fire Protection & HVAC

MEP Associates, LLC

Tim Coach, DES

2720 Arbor CT Suite A

Eau Claire, WI 54701

715.832.5680

[email protected]

4. Electrical

MEP Associates, LLC

Randy Jacobs, PE

860 Blue Gentian Road, Suite 175

Eagan, Mn 55121

651.414.4002

[email protected]

5. Interiors

LZ Designs, Inc.

Laurie Zadra

2219 Lakeshore Drive

Rice Lake, WI 54868



Comm. No. 600801



Page 3

715.651.7778

[email protected]

E. Owners Representative:

CPMI

Paul Oberhaus

3265 Northwood Circle, Suite 170

Eagan, MN 55121

952.854.3663

1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:

1. Project consists of a new approximately 32,200 square foot Fire Station. The Fire Station

is construction Type II B. It is two stories in height and has a basement. Occupancy

types in the Fire Station are B (Business), S-2 (Low Hazard Storage) and accessory R-3

(Dorm Rooms) and A-3 (Training Room) spaces. Building structure includes concrete,

pre-cast concrete, masonry, steel and cold formed metal framing. Mechanical systems

include Rooftop Unit, Make-up Air Units and In-floor heating.

B. Type of Contract:

1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.

1.5 WORK BY OWNER

A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering

with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this

Contract with work performed by Owner.

B. Preceding Work: Owner will perform the following construction operations at Project site.

Those operations are scheduled to be substantially complete before work under this Contract

begins.

1. Demolition of existing house.

2. Closure of well.

3. Closure of septic system.

4. Removal of contaminated soils (if any).



Comm. No. 600801



Page 4

1.6 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS

A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried

out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or other contracts.

Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts.

B. Concurrent Work: Owner has awarded a separate contract for the following construction

operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under

this Contract.

1. The City of Inver Grove Heights has contracted with EJM Piping Services to extend

watermain, sanitary sewer, and conduit for fiber optic lines into and thru the fire station

site. Close coordination with the City and the City’s contractor will be required to allow

the installation of these utilities. Rough grading of the fire station site (by the fire station

site contractor) must be performed prior to the installation of the City utilities. The City

utilities must be installed prior to the fire station site contractor placing the aggregate

materials for the pavement sections. Fire station utilities cannot be installed until the City

utilities are fully installed and tested.

1.7 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS

A. Owner will furnish products indicated. The Work includes receiving, unloading, handling,

storing, protecting, and installing Owner-furnished products.

B. Owner-Furnished Products:

1. Refer to Section 102800 "Toilet and Bath Accessories".

1.8 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

A. Use of the Site: Limit use of the premises to work in areas indicated. Confine operations to

areas within contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond the areas in

which the Work is indicated.

1. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and

available to the Owner, the Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do

not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize

space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.

2. All deliveries to the Contractor at the site must be accepted at the site by the Contractor,

regardless of time of delivery. The Owner will not accept deliveries for the Contractor at

any time.

1.9 WORK RESTRICTIONS

A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.



Comm. No. 600801



Page 5

1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of

authorities having jurisdiction.

B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of

7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or

others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary

utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect and Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility

interruptions.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.

D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and

vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.

1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.

2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.

E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted [within the building] or [on the project site] at

any time. There will be no exceptions.

F. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on Project site

is not permitted.

1.10 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS

A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and

the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations.

These conventions are as follows:

1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract

Documents are abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate.

Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall

be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable

as the context of the Contract Documents indicates.

2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications.

Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor.

Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for

clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by

others when so noted.

a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are

implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase.



Comm. No. 600801



Page 6

3. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated

otherwise.

B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work

of all Sections in the Specifications.

C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are

described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to

identify materials and products:

1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in

the individual Specifications Sections.

2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations scheduled on

Drawings.

3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing

Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual.011000

1.11 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

A. Copies of Drawings and Project Manuals: The Contractor is required to purchase from the

Designated Printing Company the number of copies of the Drawings and Project Manual it

requires for construction of the project. The Owner will not reimburse the Contractor for these

copies.

B. Licensed Contractors/Subcontractors: Prime Contractor and all Subcontractors must be licensed

to work in the State of Minnesota in each of their perspective fields of work on the Project.

C. Schedule:

1. Substantial Completion: August 2019.

2. Final Completion: September 2019.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)




Comm. No. 600801

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 012300 – ALTERNATES

Page 1

SECTION 012300 – ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined

in the bidding requirements that may be added to or deducted from the base bid amount if

Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be

completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described

in the Contract Documents.

1. Alternates described in this Section are part of the Work only if accepted in writing by

the Owner and enumerated in the Agreement, or added to the Agreement by Change

Order.

2. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract

Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the

Contract Sum.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work

of the alternate into Project.

1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar

items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part

of alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in

writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or

deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated revisions to

alternates.

C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.



Comm. No. 600801

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 012300 – ALTERNATES

Page 2

D. Schedule: A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections

referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work

described under each alternate.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternate No. 1: Exterior Training Area.

1. Alternate: Provide added cost for exterior stair, guard rail and structural items related to

‘stationary elevated training apparatus’ as indicated on sheet A551.

B. Alternate No. 2: Additional Basement Area.

1. Alternate: Provided added cost for additional basement square footage as indicated on

sheet A100 and Sheet A550.

C. Alternate No. 3: Four-fold doors at Apparatus Bay.

1. Base Bid: Provide Sectional Doors at door openings 131.1, 131.2, 131.3 and 131.4.

2. Alternate: Provide Four-Fold Metal Doors at door openings 131.1, 131.2, 131.3, 131.4.




SECTION 012600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications.

1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK

A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions."

1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS

A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.

1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change.

2. Within 14 calendar days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change.

a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of

the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.


SECTION 012600 – CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES Page 1



e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Architect.

B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect.

1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time.

2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities.

3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.

4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the

change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time.

6. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Architect.

1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES

A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701.

1.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE

A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.

1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time.

B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive.

1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract.





Comm. No. 600801


SECTION 012900 – PAYMENT PROCEDURES

Page 1

SECTION 012900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL


A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment.

1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.

1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following:

a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction

schedule.

2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven calendar days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment.

B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section.

1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values:



Comm. No. 600801



Page 2

a. Project name and location. b. Names of Architect. c. Architect’s project number(s). d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal.

2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703.

3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum.

a. Include separate line items under Contractor and principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount.

4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where

Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored but not yet installed.

a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. Regardless of on- or off-site storage, provide evidence of insurance for such.

6. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work.

7. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item.

a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option.

8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum.

1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT

A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner.

1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements.



Comm. No. 600801



Page 3

B. Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Architect by the third day of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month, ending on the last day of the month.

1. Submit draft copy of Application for Payment seven calendar days prior to due date for review by Architect.

C. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment.

D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete applications without action.

1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.

2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment.

3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application.

4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration.

5. Provide copies of invoices for material purchases over the amount of $5,000. Invoices shall show sales tax paid. The City will use invoices to apply for sales tax exemption

E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site.

1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials.

2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials.

3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following:

a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment.

b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment.

c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment.

F. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt. One copy shall include waivers of liens and similar attachments if required.



Comm. No. 600801



Page 4

1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application.

G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application.

1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item.

2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers.

3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers.

4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien.

5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms, acceptable to Owner.

H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following:

1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Products list (preliminary if not final). 5. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for

performance of the Work. 10. Initial progress report. 11. Report of preconstruction conference.

I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete.

1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work.

J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following:

1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements.



Comm. No. 600801



Page 5

2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.

3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. AIA Document G707A, “Consent of Surety to Final Reduction in or Partial Release of

Retainage.” 8. Evidence that claims have been settled. 9. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of

date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work.






SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following:

1. General coordination procedures.2. Coordination drawings.3. Requests for Information (RFIs).4. Project Web site.5. Project meetings.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplyingproducts.

2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract.3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

B. Key Personnel Names: Within 21 calendar days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 013100 – PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION



1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by eachtemporary telephone. Keep list current at all times.

1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.

1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results whereinstallation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, beforeor after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance andaccessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of theirWork is required.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.2. Preparation of the schedule of values.3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.4. Delivery and processing of submittals.5. Progress meetings.6. Preinstallation conferences.7. Project closeout activities.8. Startup and adjustment of systems.

1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)

A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.

1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled byContractor with no response.

2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor'swork or work of subcontractors.




3. Architect will not review RFI’s submitted via verbal requests.

B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:

1. Project name.2. Project number.3. Date.4. Name of Contractor.5. Name of Architect.6. RFI number, numbered sequentially.7. RFI subject.8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate.9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate.10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate.11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the

Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI.12. Contractor's signature.13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop

Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe itemsneeding interpretation.

a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affectedmaterials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches.

C. RFI Forms: Form immediately following this section.

1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format.

D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow five business days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following business day.

1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action:

a. Requests for approval of submittals.b. Requests for approval of substitutions.c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods.d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract

Documents.e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals.g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.

2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which caseArchitect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information.




3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or theContract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according toSection 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures."

a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time orthe Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 business days of receipt ofthe RFI response.

E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Include the following:

1. Project name.2. Name and address of Contractor.3. Name and address of Architect.4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn.5. RFI description.6. Date the RFI was submitted.7. Date Architect's response was received.

F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within five business days if Contractor disagrees with response.

1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, andProposal Request, as appropriate.

1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Where indicated, the contractor shall schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.

1. Attendees: Contractor shall inform participants and others involved, and individualswhose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner andArchitect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Contractor shall prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to allinvited attendees.

3. Minutes: Contractor shall be responsible for conducting meeting and will recordsignificant discussions and agreements achieved. Contractor shall distribute the meetingminutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three businessdays of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 business days after execution of the Agreement.

1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments.




2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concernedparties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar withProject and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including thefollowing:

a. Tentative construction schedule.b. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items.c. Designation of key personnel and their duties.d. Lines of communications.e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.f. Procedures for RFIs.g. Procedures for testing and inspecting.h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.i. Distribution of the Contract Documents.j. Submittal procedures.k. Preparation of record documents.l. Use of the premises and existing building.m. Work restrictions.n. Working hours.o. Owner's occupancy requirements.p. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.q. Procedures for moisture and mold control.r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns.s. Construction waste management and recycling.t. Parking availability.u. Office, work, and storage areas.v. Equipment deliveries and priorities.w. First aid.x. Security.y. Progress cleaning.

4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meetingminutes.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Contractor shall conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. Preinstallation conferences shall include conferences identified in individual Specification Sections.

1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in oraffected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials andinstallations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. AdviseArchitect, of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for theparticular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:




a. Contract Documents.b. Options.c. Related RFIs.d. Related Change Orders.e. Purchases.f. Deliveries.g. Submittals.h. Review of mockups.i. Possible conflicts.j. Compatibility requirements.k. Time schedules.l. Weather limitations.m. Manufacturer's written instructions.n. Warranty requirements.o. Compatibility of materials.p. Acceptability of substrates.q. Temporary facilities and controls.r. Space and access limitations.s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.t. Testing and inspecting requirements.u. Installation procedures.v. Coordination with other work.w. Required performance results.x. Protection of adjacent work.y. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, includingrequired corrective measures and actions.

4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other partiesrequiring information.

5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of theWork and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Project Closeout Conference: Contractor shall schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 calendar days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion.

1. Contractor shall conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilitiesrelated to Project closeout.

2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants;Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concernedparties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Projectand authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout,including the following:

a. Preparation of record documents.




b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for finalinspection for acceptance.

c. Submittal of written warranties.d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data.e. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts.f. Requirements for demonstration and training.g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and

for final payment.i. Submittal procedures.j. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.k. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment.l. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.

4. Minutes: Contractor shall record and distribute meeting minutes.

E. Progress Meetings: Contractor shall conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals minimally.

1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, and Architect, each contractor,

subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved inplanning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at thesemeetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized toconclude matters relating to the Work.

3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Reviewother items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion asappropriate to status of Project.

a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule,in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how constructionbehind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved todo so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current andsubsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

1) Review schedule for next period.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:

1) Interface requirements.2) Sequence of operations.3) Status of submittals.4) Deliveries.5) Off-site fabrication.6) Access.7) Site utilization.8) Temporary facilities and controls.




9) Progress cleaning.10) Quality and work standards.11) Status of correction of deficient items.12) Field observations.13) Status of RFIs.14) Status of proposal requests.15) Pending changes.16) Status of Change Orders.17) Pending claims and disputes.18) Documentation of information for payment requests.

4. Minutes: Contractor shall record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party presentand to parties requiring information.

a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progressmeeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issuerevised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.





REQUEST FORM FOR ELECTRONIC FILES

Page 1 of 2 rev 10.16.13

Requesting Entity Name (“Recipient”)

Name of Requesting Entity’s Representative

Project Name

Project Location

Wendel Project Number

Electronic Files

Copies Date/Version Name/Description of File

1

(If more space is needed attach a list of the requested files hereto.)

Purpose of Request:

Processing Fee:

In order to request electronic files from Architects, Inc., (hereinafter “Wendel”) this Request Form must be submitted to Wendel, fully executed and with no modifications. By submitting this Request Form the Recipient is entering into a contract, the Terms and Conditions of which are attached hereto and made a part hereof, and acknowledges that the Recipient has read this document, that the Recipient understands it and agrees to be bound by its terms.

In consideration of Recipient’s acceptance of the terms of this Request Form, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Wendel grants Recipient a limited, nonexclusive, non-transferable license, subject to the attached Terms and Conditions, to temporarily save the original electronic files to storage media for viewing and printing, and the creation of derivative works therefrom, by Recipient solely for the Purpose stated above, which Purpose must be related to the Project named above.

Each person signing this Agreement represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized and has legal capacity

to execute and deliver this Agreement.

Wendel Recipient

Signature Signature

Printed Name Printed Name

Title Title

Date Date

SGN Wendel

$50.00

REQUEST FORM FOR ELECTRONIC FILES Terms and Conditions

Page 2 of 2 rev 10.16.13

Recipient understands and confirms that (i) the electronic files provided by Wendel may contain confidential and/or proprietary information and are each and all deemed confidential and proprietary, (ii) Recipient shall use not less than the same degree of care to avoid disclosure of the electronic files as it uses for its own confidential or proprietary Information of like importance, and (iii) Recipient must immediately notify Wendel of any known or suspected unauthorized use(s) of the electronic files.

The availability of electronic files is subject to the consent of the owner(s) of those electronic files. Wendel will not negotiate with nor repeatedly solicit another party to obtain their consent. Neither this Request Form nor any such separate party’s consent may be assigned or transferred by Recipient to any other person or entity.

Electronic files and data, and the license for the limited use thereof hereby granted, are provided by Wendel only for the convenience of the Recipient, do not constitute or imply a grant of any rights, by license or otherwise, to Recipient under any patent, copyright, trade secret, or other intellectual property right, are not Project contract documents nor Instruments of Service of any licensed professional, shall not be construed as containing original signatures and seals of any licensed professionals, and are not intended to be deemed a sale of the electronic files and data to the Recipient; all right, title and interest in the electronic files belong to and shall remain with Wendel. The electronic files and data shall not be used by the Recipient for the construction or building of the Project, for additions to the Project, for completion of the Project by others, or on other projects.

Recipient may not remove or obscure any copyright notice or other notices contained in the electronic files. Recipient will not copy, alter, modify, disassemble, reverse engineer, decompile, or distribute, sell, rent, lease, lend or sub-license to any third party, any of the electronic files received from Wendel without the prior written consent of Wendel.

Wendel, at its sole discretion, may (i) modify the electronic files before they are provided to the Recipient. Such modifications may include, but are not necessarily limited to, removal of the seals of licensed professionals and certain confidential or proprietary information or (ii) refuse to provide some or all electronic files requested by Recipient.

WENDEL PROVIDES THE ELECTRONIC FILES SOLELY ON AN "AS IS" BASIS. NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY IS MADE, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE ELECTRONIC FILES AND DATA OR THEIR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Wendel shall not be responsible for and the Recipient assumes all risks associated with the receipt, use and possession of the electronic files. Recipient waives any and all claims against and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Wendel, its sub-consultants, subcontractors, agents, and the owners, partners and employees of each of them, from and against any and all third party claims, suits, losses, direct, indirect, consequential, punitive or special damages, costs and expenses, including but not limited to attorney’s fees, arising out of, resulting from, or in

connection with the Recipient’s possession, use, modification or distribution of the electronic files and data provided by Wendel. The waiver, defense and indemnification obligations set forth in this paragraph shall survive any use of the electronic files provided under this Request Form.

Recipient agrees it shall have no right to furnish or provide the electronic files in any litigation, administrative proceeding, arbitration or mediation against Wendel, its sub-consultants, subcontractors, agents, and the owners, partners and employees of each of them, except with the express written consent of Wendel.

Upon conclusion or expiration of the stated Purpose, Recipient will return or destroy all the electronic files received from Wendel. Recipient will retain no copies of the electronic files, unless both parties agree that such return or destruction is not feasible, Recipient will then extend the protection of the confidentiality requirements set forth herein to the electronic files not returned or destroyed, and refrain from further use or disclosure of such electronic files or their content for as long as Recipient retains the electronic files.

The Recipient understands and acknowledges that any disclosure or misappropriation of any of the electronic files, or the confidential or proprietary data or Information contained therein, in violation of this contract may cause Wendel irreparable harm, the amount of which may be difficult to ascertain, and therefore agrees that Wendel shall have the right to apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for an order restraining and enjoining such disclosure or breach and for such other relief as Wendel shall deem appropriate. Such right of Wendel is to be in addition to the remedies otherwise available to Wendel at law or in equity. The Recipient expressly waives (i) the defense that a remedy in damages will be adequate and (ii) any requirement in an action for injunction for the posting of a bond by Wendel. If any action at law or in equity is brought to enforce or interpret the provisions of this contract, the prevailing party in such action shall be awarded its attorneys' fees and costs incurred.

This Request Form shall be interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. If one or more of the provisions contained herein is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected. Such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be revised only to the extent necessary to make them enforceable. Recipient agrees to submit to jurisdiction and venue in the state and federal courts of Erie County, New York for any dispute which may arise hereunder.

This Request Form contains all applicable terms and conditions relating to the provision of the requested electronic files to the Recipient by Wendel. No other terms and conditions apply. This Request Form is not a part of, subject to, nor a modification of the terms and conditions of any bid documents or contract documents of the Project named above.

_________________________________________________ REQUEST FOR INFORMATION Contractor Name

Address: Phone:City, State, Zip: Project No. 600801

Contractor RFI No.: DATE:

TITLE: JOB:

PROJECT: Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2 REQUIRED:

TO: Wendel 401 2nd Avenue North, Suite 206 Minneapolis, MN 55401

ATTN: Ethan Sanders ([email protected])

QUESTION:

ANSWER:

Note: the response to this RFI is for clarification of the contract documents. The response is NOT authorization to proceed with additional work. Answered By: Date:



SECTION 013233 - PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following:

1. Preconstruction photographs.2. Periodic construction photographs.3. Final completion construction photographs.


A. Key Plan: Submit key plan of Project site and building with notation of vantage points marked for location and direction of each photograph. Indicate elevation or story of construction. Include same information as corresponding photographic documentation.

B. Digital Photographs: Submit image files within three business days of taking photographs.

1. Digital Camera: Minimum sensor resolution of 8 megapixels.2. Format: Minimum 3200 by 2400 pixels, in unaltered original files, with same aspect

ratio as the sensor, uncropped, date and time stamped, in folder named by date ofphotograph, accompanied by key plan file.

3. Identification: Provide the following information with each image description in filemetadata tag:

a. Name of Project.b. Name and contact information for photographer.c. Name of Architect.d. Name of Contractor.e. Date photograph was taken.f. Description of vantage point, indicating location, direction (by compass point), and

elevation or story of construction.g. Unique sequential identifier keyed to accompanying key plan.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 013233 – PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION

Page 1



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PHOTOGRAPHIC MEDIA

A. Digital Images: Provide images in JPG format, produced by a digital camera with minimum sensor size of 8 megapixels, and at an image resolution of not less than 3200 by 2400 pixels.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. General: Take photographs using the maximum range of depth of field, and that are in focus, to clearly show the Work. Photographs with blurry or out-of-focus areas will not be accepted.

1. Maintain key plan with each set of construction photographs that identifies eachphotographic location.

B. Digital Images: Submit digital images exactly as originally recorded in the digital camera, without alteration, manipulation, editing, or modifications using image-editing software.

1. Date and Time: Include date and time in file name for each image.2. Field Office Images: Maintain one set of images accessible in the field office at Project

site, available at all times for reference. Identify images in the same manner as thosesubmitted to Architect.

C. Preconstruction Photographs: Before starting construction, take photographs of Project site and surrounding properties, including existing items to remain during construction, from different vantage points, as directed by Architect.

1. Flag excavation areas and construction limits before taking construction photographs.2. Take minimum 20 photographs to show existing conditions adjacent to property before

starting the Work.3. Take minimum 20 photographs of existing buildings either on or adjoining property to

accurately record physical conditions at start of construction.4. Take additional photographs as required to record settlement or cracking of adjacent

structures, pavements, and improvements.5. Take additional photographs as required to record the condition of the adjacent public

road.

D. Periodic Construction Photographs: Take minimum 20 photographs weekly, as required to document construction progress, with timing each month adjusted to coincide with the cutoff date associated with each Application for Payment. Select vantage points to show status of construction and progress since last photographs were taken.


Page 2



E. Final Completion Construction Photographs: Take 20 color photographs after date of Substantial Completion for submission as project record documents. Architect will inform photographer of desired vantage points.

F. Additional Photographs: Architect may request photographs in addition to periodic photographs specified..

1. Three days' notice will be given, where feasible.2. In emergency situations, take additional photographs within 24 hours of request.3. Circumstances that could require additional photographs include, but are not limited to,

the following:

a. Immediate follow-up when on-site events result in construction damage or losses.b. Photographs to clarify Contractor’s “Request for Information.”c. Photographs to be taken at fabrication locations away from Project site.d. Substantial Completion of a major phase or component of the Work.



Page 3



SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and other submittals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information, and physical samples that require Architect’s responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals."

B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information, and physical samples that do not require Architect’s responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals."

C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files.

D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard for electronic documents, licensed by Adobe Systems, used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format.

E. Cloud-Based Construction Management Software Application (CMSA): Any of a number of proprietary file management collaborative systems intended for internet-connected device use. The intent of these applications is to enable dispersed users access to shared documents for storage, organization, retrieval, editing, tracking, reporting or other functions, with such access usually controlled by invitation and security protocols. More than one such application type or specific programs may be used, depending on Owner preferences.

1. [Owner’s preferred CMSA:].2. [Project preferred CMSA:].

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 013300 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

Page 1



1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings will be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals.

1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings and Project Record Drawings.

a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings.

b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in AutoCAD .dwg file format.

c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form included in Project Manual.

1) To request electronic files, complete “Request Form for Electronic Files”. 2) Include “Processing Fee” in amount as indicated on the request form.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule.

3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals.

4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.

a. Architect reserve(s) the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence upon Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.

1. Initial Review: Allow 15 business days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 business days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Sequential Review: Where sequential review of submittals by Architect's consultants,

Owner, or other parties is indicated, allow 10 additional business days for initial review of each submittal.


SECTION 013300 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 2



5. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals

may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 business days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor.

6. Transmittal for Sample Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor. Transmit each submittal using the transmittal form at the end of this section.

D. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows:

1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item.

2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.

a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A).

3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect.

4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: The Architect will use Procore to track submittals. All submittals to be submitted electronically with Submittal Transmittal found at the end of this sections to Ethan Sanders – [email protected] The submittal is to contain the following information:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. f. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. g. Category and type of submittal. h. Submittal purpose and description. i. Specification Section number and title. j. Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each

of multiple items. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Indication of full or partial submittal. o. Transmittal number numbered consecutively. p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q. Other necessary identification.


SECTION 013300 – SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 3

mailto:[email protected]



r. Remarks.

5. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal filemetadata:

a. Project name.b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.c. Manufacturer name.d. Product name.

E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.

F. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal.

G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.

1. Note date and content of previous submittal.2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of

revision.3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect’s action

stamp[s].

H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, and installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect’s action stamp[s].

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections.

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.

1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data arenot suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data.

2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable.3. Include the following information, as applicable:


Page 4



a. Manufacturer's written recommendations.b. Manufacturer's product specifications.c. Color charts showing full range of available colors.d. Manufacturer catalog cuts.e. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.f. Printed performance curves.g. Operational range diagrams.h. Mill reports.i. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals.j. Compliance with recognized trade association standards.k. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.l. Application of testing agency labels and seals.m. Notation of coordination requirements.

4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:

a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring.b. Printed performance curves.c. Operational range diagrams.d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop

Drawings.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.

1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Dimensions.b. Identification of products.c. Fabrication and installation drawings.d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams.e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and

control wiring.f. Shop work manufacturing instructions.g. Templates and patterns.h. Schedules.i. Design calculations.j. Compliance with specified standards.k. Notation of coordination requirements.l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop

Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than sheet size used forContract Document Drawings.

4. Number of Copies: Submit two black-line prints and one electronic file copy of eachsubmittal. Architect will return the one print marked with action taken to the Contractorfor distribution. Contractor shall make necessary copies from the returned print.


Page 5



D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following:

1. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units orsections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.

2. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, preparedfrom the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified,and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of colorand texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following:partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers ofmaterials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture,and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

3. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate reviewof qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated.Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following:

a. Generic description of Sample.b. Product name or name of manufacturer.c. Sample source.

4. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of thesecharacteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics betweenfinal submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.

a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in theproduct represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units thatshow approximate limits of the variations.

b. Refer to individual Specification Sections for requirements for Samples thatillustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, and details of assembly,connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics.

5. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit two full sets of available choices wherecolor, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected frommanufacturer's product line. Architect will return one submittal with options selected.

6. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit two full sets of Samples. Architect willretain one Sample set; remainder will be returned marked with action taken to theContractor for distribution.

a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques,connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

7. Disposition: Contractor to maintain one set of approved Samples at Project site, availablefor quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Samplesets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.

a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individualSpecification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at timeof use.

b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner'sproperty, are the property of Contractor.

E. Submittals requiring compliance with other sections in the Project Manual.


Page 6



1. Contractor's Construction Schedule.2. Submittals Schedule.3. Application for Payment.4. Schedule of Values.5. Subcontract List.


A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by individual Specification Sections and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.

1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.Architect will not return copies, unless they are rejected for noncompliance with theContract Documents.

2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature ofentity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signedby an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.

3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "QualityRequirements."

B. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

C. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements.

D. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

E. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.

F. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

G. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements.

H. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements.


Page 7



I. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements.

J. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

K. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements.

L. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

M. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information:

1. Name of evaluation organization.2. Date of evaluation.3. Time period when report is in effect.4. Product and manufacturers' names.5. Description of product.6. Test procedures and results.7. Limitations of use.

N. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment.

O. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

P. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Preparation of substrates.2. Required substrate tolerances.3. Sequence of installation or erection.4. Required installation tolerances.


Page 8



5. Required adjustments.6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.

Q. Manufacturers Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representativemaking report.

2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements.6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

R. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.

S. Material Safety Data Sheets: Keep on site and submit information directly to Owner. If submitted to Architect, Architect will not review this information but will return it with no action taken.

2.3 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES

A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated.

1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submita written request for additional information to Architect.

B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF file of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional licensed in the jurisdiction of the Project for each product, assembly or system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional.

1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in theContract Documents. Include list of codes, loads and other factors used in performingthese services.


Page 9



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.

B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."

C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION

A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows:

1. Architect’s Action:

a. Final Unrestricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal “No ExceptionsTaken” the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies withrequirements of the Contract Documents. Final payment depends on thatcompliance.

b. Final-But-Restricted Release: When the Architect marks a submittal “Provide asCorrected,” the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complieswith notations or corrections on the submittal and requirements of the ContractDocuments. Final payment depends on that compliance.

c. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal “Revise andResubmit,” do not proceed with Work covered by the submittal, includingpurchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare a newsubmittal according to the notations; resubmit without delay.

1) Do not use, or allow others to use, submittals marked “Revise andResubmit” at the Project Site or elsewhere where Work is in progress.

d. Returned for Resubmittal: When the Architect marks a submittal “Rejected”, theArchitect has not completed a full review, because it is clear that the submittaldoes not reflect the requirements of the Contract Documents. Do not proceed withwork covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery or other


Page 10



activity. Revise or prepare a new submittal that complies with the Contract Documents.

e. Other Action: If the submittal is primarily for information purposes, recordpurposes, special processing, or other contractor activity, the submittal will be returned marked “Reviewed for General Conformance Only”. These submittals have been received and processed for information only and not approved or disapproved by the architect.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with Contract Document requirements.

D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and will be discarded or returned without action.



Page 11

Submittal No.

Submittal TransmittalPROJECT: Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2 PROJECT #: 600801

OWNER: City of Inver Grove Heights A/E: Wendel

CONTRACT # & NAME

CONTRACTOR: (NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE & FAX NUMBERS)

NEW SUBMITTAL RESUBMITTAL Date:

This submittal is: AS SPECIFIED REMARKS:

NUMBER OF COPIES SUBMITTED: (8 maximum)

TYPE OF SUBMITTAL: (CHECK ALL THAT APPLY) ( ) PRODUCT DATA/CATALOG CUT

( ) SHOP DRAWINGS

( ) SAMPLE

( ) COLOR SELECTION

( ) SCHEDULE

( ) WARRANTY

( ) TEST REPORT

( ) RECORD DOCUMENT

( ) PERFORMANCE DATA

( ) OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE DATA

( ) OTHER

SPEC. SECTION:

PARAGRAPH(S):

DWG. REF. NO.:

DESCRIPTION OF SUBMITTAL:

PRODUCT NAME:

MANUFACTURER:

ADDRESS: TEL. NO.:

CONTRACTOR or SUBCONTRACTOR: TEL. NO.:

SUPPLIER: TEL. NO.:

CONTRACTOR CERTIFICATION

CONTRACTOR CERTIFIES THAT THE INFORMATION SUBMITTED COMPLIES WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS.

By:

Date:

NOTE: Contractor shall apply an approval stamp to each copy of each submittal.

P:\600801 Inver Grove Heights Fire Station\08. Bidding & Specs\Complete\Volume 1\013300a - Submittal Transmittal.docx



SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activitiesare specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sectionsmay also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Documentrequirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services requiredby Architect, Owner or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions ofthis Section.

4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.

C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 014000 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

Page 1



D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.

E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop.

F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.

G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require thatcertain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, orthat requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).

I. Experienced: Unless otherwise indicated in individual Specification sections, when used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS

A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.

B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.


A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.


Page 2



B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following:

1. Specification Section number and title.2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections.3. Description of test and inspection.4. Identification of applicable standards.5. Identification of test and inspection methods.6. Number of tests and inspections required.7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections.8. Requirements for obtaining samples.9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

1.6 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS

A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Date of issue.2. Project title and number.3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.7. Identification of product and Specification Section.8. Complete test or inspection data.9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and

inspecting.11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with

the Contract Document requirements.12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report.2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product.3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements.4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken.5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements.6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty.7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.


Page 3



C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting

manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:

1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report.

2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.

D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

F. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.

1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.


SECTION 014000 – QUALITY REQUIREMENTS Page 4



2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary

Laboratory Accreditation Program.

G. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

H. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

1.8 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.

1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not.

2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.

a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.

3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed.

4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.

5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility.

6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.

B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections.

C. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.





D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's

responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.

E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect, Commissioning Authority if applicable and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.

1. Notify Architect, Commissioning Authority if applicable and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.

3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements.

4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor.

5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work.

6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:

1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and

inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing

agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project

site.

G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.

1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

H. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses.





1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Architect, Commissioning Authority ifapplicable testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of theWork where tests and inspections are required.

1.9 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Special Tests and Inspections: Refer to Specification Section 014100 “Special Inspections and Structural testing”.


PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG

A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:

1. Date test or inspection was conducted.2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.

B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's and Commissioning Authority's if applicable reference during normal working hours.

3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.

1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in otherSpecification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patchedareas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisibleas possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patchingin Section 017300 "Execution."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.


Page 7





Page 8



SECTION 014100 – SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND STRUCTURAL TESTING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide Special Inspections and Structural Testing in accordance with 2015 Minnesota State Building Code.

B. Special Inspections and Structural Testing shall be in accordance with CASE National Practice Guideline for Special Inspections.

C. The program of Special Inspection and Structural Testing is a Quality Assurance program intended to ensure that the work is performed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

D. This specification section is intended to inform the Contractor of the Owner’s quality assurance program and the extent of the Contractor’s responsibilities. This specification section is also intended to notify the Special Inspector, Testing Laboratory, and other Agents of the Special Inspector of their requirements and responsibilities.

E. Related Specification Sections include the following:

1. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for testing agency procedures andadministrative requirements.

2. Division 03 Sections "Cast-in-Place Concrete" and “Precast Structural Concrete” formaterial testing and other quality requirements.

3. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for material testing and other quality requirements.4. Division 05 Sections "Structural Steel Framing", “Steel Joist Framing”, “Cold-Formed

Steel Framing”, and “Steel Decking” for material testing and other quality requirements.5. Division 31 Section "Earth Moving" for material testing and other quality requirements.

1.3 SCHEDULE OF INSPECTIONS AND TESTS

A. Required inspections and tests are described in the individual Specification Sections for the items to be inspected or tested and the “Schedule of Special Inspection Services”, which is included at the end of this Section.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 014100 – SPECIAL INSPECTIONS & STRUCTURAL TESTING

Page 1



B. The services and quantities of testing specified are approximate. Actual services and quantities

of testing will be determined by the Owner and/or Structural Engineer of Record (SER) during construction.

C. The Architect and Structural Engineer of Record (SER) will determine the locations for taking sample specimens for testing in accordance with the specifications.

1.4 QUALIFICATIONS

A. The Special Inspector shall be a licensed Professional Engineer or Structural Engineer who is approved by the Structural Engineer of Record (SER) and Building Official.

B. The Testing Laboratory and individual technicians shall be approved by the Structural Engineer of Record (SER) and Building Official.

C. The testing laboratory shall maintain a full-time licensed Professional Engineer or Structural Engineer on staff who shall certify all test reports. The Engineer shall be responsible for the training of the testing technicians and shall be in responsible charge of the field and laboratory testing operations.

D. Special Inspections shall be performed by inspectors who are either licensed Professional Engineers (P.E.), Structural Engineers (S.E.), or Engineers-In-Training (EIT) with an education and background in structural engineering except as indicated below.

1. Special Inspections of soils and foundations may be performed by inspectors with an education and background in geotechnical engineering in lieu of a background in structural engineering.

2. Technicians performing sampling and testing of concrete shall be ACI certified Concrete Field Testing Technicians – Grade 1.

3. Inspectors performing inspections of concrete work such as inspections of concrete placement, batching, reinforcing placement, curing and protection, may be ACI certified Concrete Construction Inspectors or ICC certified Reinforced Concrete Special Inspector in lieu of being a licensed P.E., S.E., or EIT.

4. Inspectors performing inspections of prestressed concrete work may be ICC certified Prestressed Concrete Special Inspector.

5. Inspectors performing inspections of pretension tendons in prestressed concrete work may be ICC certified Reinforced Concrete Special Inspector and ACI certified Concrete Field Testing Technicians – Grade 1 with one year relevant experience, in lieu of being a licensed P.E., S.E., or EIT.

6. Inspectors performing inspections of post-tension tendons in prestressed concrete work may be Post-Tensioning Institute certified in lieu of being a licensed P.E., S.E., or EIT.

7. Technicians performing visual inspection of welding shall be AWS Certified Welding Inspectors or ICC certified Structural Welding Special Inspectors with one year relevant experience, technicians performing non-destructive testing such as ultrasonic testing, radiographic testing, magnetic particle testing, or dye-penetrant testing shall be certified as an ASNT-TC Level II or Level III technician.


SECTION 014100 – SPECIAL INSPECTIONS & STRUCTURAL TESTING Page 2



8. Inspectors performing visual inspections of steel framing and high-strength bolting may

be ICC certified Structural Steel and Bolting Special Inspector with one year relevant experience, in lieu of being a licensed P.E., S.E., or EIT.

9. Inspectors performing inspections of masonry may be ICC certified Structural Masonry Special Inspector with one year relevant experience, in lieu of being a licensed P.E., S.E., or EIT.

10. Technicians performing standard tests described by specific ASTM Standards shall have training in the performance of such tests and must be able to demonstrate either by oral or written examination competence for the test to be conducted. They shall be under the supervision of a licensed Professional Engineer and shall not be permitted to independently evaluate test results.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. If requested, the Special Inspector and Testing Laboratory shall submit to the Owner, SER, and Building Official for review, a copy of their qualifications which shall include the names and qualifications of each of the individual inspectors and technicians who will be performing inspections or tests.

B. The Special Inspector and Testing Laboratory shall disclose any past or present business relationship or potential conflict of interest with the Contractor or any of the Subcontractors whose work will be inspected or tested.

1.6 PAYMENT

A. The Owner shall engage and pay for the services of the Special Inspector, Agents of the Special Inspector, and Testing Laboratory.

B. If any materials which require Special Inspections are fabricated in a plant which is not located within 100 miles of the project, the Contractor shall be responsible for the travel expenses of the Special Inspector or Testing Laboratory.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the cost of any retesting or reinspection of work which fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

1.7 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Without exception, work which fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or work which has not been inspected is to be immediately removed and replaced, at the Contractor’s cost.

B. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Special Inspector and his agents so that the Special Inspections and testing may be performed without hindrance.


SECTION 014100 – SPECIAL INSPECTIONS & STRUCTURAL TESTING Page 3



C. The Contractor shall review the Statement of Special Inspections and shall be responsible for coordinating and scheduling inspections and tests. The Contractor shall notify the Special Inspector or Testing Laboratory at least 24 hours in advance of a required inspection or test. Uninspected work that required inspection may be rejected solely on failure of notification.

D. The Contractor shall provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to the work to be inspected or tested, to obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage and curing of test samples.

1. Construct a storage box on site of sufficient size to store concrete cylinders which willafford protection as required by ASTM C 31.

2. Provide the laboratory with representative initial samples, in requested quantities.3. When source, quality or characteristic of an approved material changes or indicates lack

of compliance with Contract requirements, submit additional samples of materials totesting laboratory.

4. Patch area where samples are taken for purposes of testing to the satisfaction of theArchitect and SER.

E. The Contractor shall keep at the project site the latest set of construction drawings, field sketches, approved shop drawings, and specifications for use by the inspectors and testing technicians.

F. The Special Inspection program shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligation to perform work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents or from implementing an effective Quality Control program. All work that is to be subjected to Special Inspections shall first be reviewed by the Contractor’s quality control personnel.

G. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction site safety.

1.8 LIMITS ON AUTHORITY

A. The Special Inspector or Testing Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on the requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. The Special Inspector or Testing Laboratory will not have control over the Contractor’s means and methods of construction.

C. The Special Inspector or Testing Laboratory shall not be responsible for construction site safety.

D. The Special Inspector or Testing Laboratory has no authority to stop the work.

1.9 STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

A. The Statement of Special Inspections will be prepared by the Structural Engineer of Record (SER) and shall be submitted with the application for Building Permit.


Page 4



1.10 RECORDS AND REPORTS

A. Detailed daily reports shall be prepared for each inspection or test and submitted to the Special Inspector. Reports shall include:

1. Date of test or inspection.2. Name of inspector or technician.3. Location of specific areas tested or inspected.4. Description of test or inspection and results.5. Applicable ASTM standard.6. Weather conditions.7. Signature of Special Inspector or Technician.

B. The Special Inspector shall submit interim reports to the Building Official, as required, which include all inspections and test reports received during that period. Copies shall be sent to the Owner, SER, Architect, and Contractor.

C. Any discrepancies from the Contract Documents found during a Special Inspection shall be immediately reported to the Contractor. If the discrepancies are not corrected, the Special Inspector shall notify the Owner, SER, Architect, and Building Official. Reports shall document all discrepancies identified and the corrective action taken.

D. The Testing Laboratory shall immediately notify the Special Inspector and the SER by telephone, fax, or e-mail of any results which fail to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

E. Reports shall be submitted to the Special Inspector within 7 calendar days of the inspection or test. Hand written reports may be submitted if final typed copies are not available.

F. At the completion of the work requiring Special Inspections, each inspection agency and testing laboratory shall provide a statement to the Special Inspector that all work was completed in substantial conformance with the Contract Documents and that all appropriate inspections and tests were performed.

1.11 FINAL REPORT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

A. The Final Report of Special Inspections shall be completed by the Special Inspector and submitted to the Owner, Contractor, SER and Building Official prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy.

B. The Final Report of Special Inspections will certify that all required inspections have been performed and will itemize any discrepancies that were not corrected or resolved.


Page 5



PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable)



Page 6

401 2 n d Avenue Nor th Su i te 206 Minneapol i s , MN 55401 P 716 .688 .0766

Statement of Special Inspections

Project: Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2 Location: 9250 Courthouse Blvd, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077 Owner: City of Inver Grove Heights Owner’s Address: 8150 Barbara Avenue, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077

Structural Engineer of Record: Northland Consulting Engineers, LLP, Duluth, MN

This Statement of Special Inspections is submitted as a condition for permit issuance in accordance with the Special Inspection requirements of the 2015 Minnesota State Building Code. It includes a Schedule of Special Inspection Services applicable to this project as well as the name of the Special Inspector and the identity of other approved agencies intended to be retained for conducting these inspections.

The Special Inspector shall keep records of all inspections and shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official, Structural Engineer and Architect of Record. Discovered discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction. If such discrepancies are not corrected, the discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Building Official, Structural Engineer and Architect of Record. The Special Inspection program does not relieve the Contractor of his or her responsibilities.

Interim reports shall be submitted to the Building Official, Owner, Structural Engineer and Architect of Record.

A Final Report of Special Inspections documenting completion of all required Special Inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall be submitted prior to issuance of a Certificate of Use and Occupancy.

Job site safety and means and methods of construction are solely the responsibility of the Contractor.

Interim Report Frequency: Biweekly or per attached schedule.

Prepared by:

Design Professional Seal

(type or print name)

Signature Date

Owner’s Authorization: Building Official’s Acceptance:

Signature Date Signature Date

• Statement of Special Inspections •

of 7 Schedule of Special Inspections

Project: Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2

Schedule of Special Inspection Services The following sheets comprise the required schedule of special inspections for this project. The construction divisions which require special inspections for this project are as follows:

Soils and Foundations Cold-Formed Steel Framing Concrete & Precast Construction Fire Resistant Material Masonry Construction Wood Construction Structural Steel Construction Exterior Insulation and Finish System Steel Joist & Joist Girder Construction Smoke Control

Inspection Agents Firm Address 1. Special Inspector

2. Testing Laboratory

3. Testing Laboratory

4. Other

Note: The qualifications of all personnel performing Special Inspection activities are subject to the approval of the Building Official.

The inspectors and testing agencies shall be engaged by the Owner or the Owner’s Agent, and not by the Contractor or Subcontractor whose work is to be inspected or tested. Any conflict of interest must be disclosed to the Building Official, prior to commencing work.

The credentials of all Inspectors and testing technicians shall be provided if requested.

It is recommended that the person administering the Special Inspections program be a Professional Engineer experienced in the design of buildings.


Schedule of Special Inspection Services Minimum Qualifications Project: When the Structural Engineer of Record (SER) deems it appropriate that the individual performing a stipulated test of inspection have a specific certification or license as indicated below, such designation shall appear below the Agency Number on the Schedule.

Key for Minimum Qualifications of Inspection Agents (where indicated on Schedules) PE/SE Structural Engineer – a licensed SE or PE specializing in the design of building structures PE/GE Geotechnical Engineer – a licensed PE specializing in soil mechanics and foundations

EIT Engineering in Training – a graduate engineer who has passed the FE exam ACI-CFTT American Concrete Institute Certified Concrete Field Testing Technician ACI-CCI American Concrete Institute Certified Concrete Field Testing Technician ACI-LTT American Concrete Institute Certified Concrete Field Testing Technician ACI-STT American Concrete Institute Certified Concrete Field Testing Technician

AWS-CWI American Welding Society Certified Welding Inspector AWS/AISC-SSI American Welding Society Certified Structural Steel Inspector

ASNT American Society of Non-Destructive Testing - Level II or III ICC-SMSI International Code Council Certified Structural Masonry Special Inspector ICC -SWSI International Code Council Certified Structural Steel and Welding Special Inspector ICC -SFSI International Code Council Certified Spray-Applied Fireproofing Special Inspector ICC -PCSI International Code Council Certified Prestressed Concrete Special Inspector ICC -RCSI International Code Council Certified Reinforced Concrete Special Inspector NICET-CT Concrete Technician – Levels I, II, III & IV NICET -ST Soils Technician – Levels I, II, III & IV

NICET -GET Geotechnical Engineering Technician – Levels I, II, III & IV EDI-EIFS EIFS Third Party Inspector

Note: The qualifications of inspection agents may be indicated on the Schedule in instances where the Structural Engineer deems such requirements are appropriate.


Schedule of Special Inspection Services Soils and Foundations Project:

Verification & Inspection Task Continuous Periodic Referenced Standard

Bldg Code Reference

Agent No. (Qualif.)

SOILS INSPECTIONS Specification Section 312000 1705.6

1. Verify materials below footings and foundations areadequate to achieve the design bearing capacity. - X PE/GE

2. Verify excavations are extended to proper depthand have reached proper material. - X PE/GE

3. Perform classification and testing of compacted fillmaterials. - X PE/GE

4. Verify use of proper materials, densities and liftthicknesses during placement and compaction ofcompacted fill.

X - PE/GE

5. Prior to placement of compacted fill, inspectsubgrade and verify that site has been preparedproperly.

- X PE/GE


Schedule of Special Inspection Services Concrete Construction Project:


Bldg Code Reference

Agent No. (Qualif.)

CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION Specification Section 033000 1705.3

1. Inspection of reinforcing steel, and placement. - X

ACI 318 Ch. 20, 25.2, 25.3, 26.5.1-

26.5.3 1908.4

2. Reinforcing bar welding: a. Verify weldability of reinforcing bars

other than ASTM A706; b. Inspect single-pass fillet welds, maximum

5/16”; and c. Inspect all other welds.

- -

X

X

X -

AWS D1.4 ACI 318: 26.5.4 1705.3.1

3. Inspect anchors cast in concrete. - X ACI 318: 17.8.2

4. Inspect anchors post-installed in hardened concrete members.

a. Adhesive anchors installed in horizontally or upwardly inclined orientations to resist sustained tension loads.

b. Mechanical anchors and adhesive anchors not defined in section “a”.

X -

-

X

ACI 318: 17.8.2.4

ACI 318: 17.8.2

5. Verifying use of required design mix. - X ACI 318: Ch. 19,

26.4.3, 26.4.4

1904.1, 1904.2, 1908.2, 1908.3

6. Prior to concrete placement, fabricate specimens for strength tests, perform slump and air content tests, and determine the temperature of the concrete.

X -

ASTM C 172 ASTM C 31

ACI 318: 26.4.5, 26.12

1908.10

7. Inspect concrete and shotcrete placement for proper application techniques. X - ACI 318: 26.4.5

1908.6, 1908.7, 1908.8

8. Verify maintenance of specified curing temperature and techniques. - X ACI 318: 26.4.7-

26.4.9 1908.9

10. Inspect erection of precast concrete members. - X ACI 318: Ch. 26.8 12. Inspect formwork for shape, location and

dimensions of concrete member being formed. - X ACI 318: 26.10.1(b)


Schedule of Special Inspection Services Masonry Construction - Level C Project:

Verification & Inspection Task

Frequency Reference for Criteria Agent No.(Qualif.) Continuous Periodic Bldg Code

Reference

ACI 530 ASCE 5

TMS 402

ACI 530.1ASCE 6

TMS 602

1. Verify compliance with the approved submittals. - X Art. 1.5

2. Verify that the following are in compliance: a. Proportions of site-mixed mortar and grout. - X Art. 2.1 and

2.6 A,B,C

b. Grade, type, and size of reinforcement, anchor bolts, and anchorages.

c. Placement of masonry units and construction of mortar joints.

- -

X

X

Sec. 1.16 Art. 2.4 and 3.4

Art. 3.3 B

d. Placement of reinforcement, connectors, and anchorages.

e. Grout space prior to grouting. f. Placement of grout. g. Size and location of structural elements h. Type, size and location of anchors, including

other details of anchorage of masonry to structural members, frames or other construction.

i. Welding of reinforcing bars. j. Preparation, construction, and protection of

masonry during cold weather (temperature below 40F) or hot weather (temperature above 90F).

X

X

X -

X

X -

- - -

X - -

X

Sec. 1.16

Sec. 1.16.4.3,

1.17.1

Sec. 2.1.7.7.2,

3.3.3.4 (c), 8.3.3.4 (b)

Art. 1.8 C,

1.8 D

Art. 3.2 E, 3.4, 3.6 A Art. 3.2 D and 3.2 F

Art. 3.5 and 3.6 C

Art. 3.3 F

3. Observe preparation of grout specimens, mortar specimens and/or prisms.

X

-

Art. 1.4 B


Schedule of Special Inspection Services Structural Steel Construction Project:


Bldg CodeReference

Agent No.(Qualif.)

STRUCTURAL STEEL CONSTRUCTION Specification Section 051200

1705.2

1. Material verification of high-strength bolts, nuts, andwashers:a. Identification markings to conform to ASTM

standards specified in the approved constructiondocuments.

b. Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance required.

-

-

X

X

AISC 360, Section A3.3;

Applicable ASTM material standards

2. Inspection of high-strength bolting:AISC 360, Section

M2.5 a. Snug-tight joints.b. Pretensioned and slip-critical joints using turn-of-

nut with match-marking, twist-off bolt or directtension indicator methods of installation.

c. Pretensioned and slip-critical joints using turn-of-nut without match-marking or calibrated wrenchmethods of installation.

-

-

X

X

X

-

3. Material verification of structural steel:a. Identification markings to conform to ASTM

standards specified in the approved constructiondocuments.

b. Manufacturers’ certified mill test reports.

-

-

X

X

AISC 360, Section M5.5;

Applicable ASTM material standards

4. Material verification of weld filler materials:AISC 360, Section

A3.5; Applicable AWS A5

documents

a. Identification markings to conform to AWSspecification in the approved constructiondocuments.

b. Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance required.

-

-

X

X 5. Inspection of welding: AWS D1.1 1705.2

a. Structural steel and cold-formed deck:1) Complete and partial penetration groove welds. X -

2) Multi-pass fillet welds. X -3) Single-pass fillet welds > 5/16. X -4) Single-pass fillet welds < 5/16. - X5) Floor and roof deck welds. - X AWS D1.3

b. Reinforcing steel: AWS D1.4 1705.3.11) Verification of weldability of reinforcing steel

other than ASTM A 706. - X ACI 318: 3.5.2

2) Reinforcing steel-resisting flexural and axialforces in intermediate and special momentframes, and boundary elements of specialstructural walls of concrete and shearreinforcement.

X -

3) Shear reinforcement. 4) Other reinforcing steel.

X -

- X

6. Inspection of steel frame joint details for compliancewith approved construction documents:

2204

a. Details such as bracing and stiffening.b. Member location.c. Application of joint details at each connection.

- - -

X X

X


Schedule of Special Inspection Services Steel Joist & Joist Girder Construction Project:


Bldg CodeReference

Agent No.(Qualif.)

STEEL JOIST & JOIST GIRDER CONSTRUCTION

Specification Section 052100

1705.2.3

1. Installation of open-web steel joists and joist girders:a. End connections – welded or bolted. - X SJI specifications

listed in Section 2207.1

2. Bridging – horizontal or diagonal:SJI specifications listed in Section

2207.1

a. Standard bridging.b. Bridging that differs from SJI specifications

listed in Section 2207.1.

-

-

X

X

Cold-Formed Steel Framing Project:

Verification & Inspection Task Scope Agent No.(Qualif.)

1. Member Sizes

2. Material Thickness

3. Material Properties

4. Mechanical Connections

5. Welding

6. Framing Details

7. Other

Final Report of Special Inspections

Project: Inver Grove Heights Fire Station No. 2 Location: 9250 Courthouse Blvd, Inver Grove Heights, MN 55077 Owner: City of Inver Grove Heights Owner’s Address: 8150 Barbara Avenue


Special Inspector:

To the best of my information, knowledge and belief, the Special Inspections required for this project, and itemized in the Statement of Special Inspections submitted for permit, have between performed and all discovered discrepancies have been reported and resolved other than the following:

Comments:

(Attach continuation sheets if required to complete the description of corrections.)

Interim reports submitted prior to this final report form a basis for and are to be considered an integral part of this final report.

Respectfully submitted, Special Inspector

(Type or print name)

Signature Date Design Professional Seal

Copies: Owner – Architect of Record – Structural Engineer of Record

• Final Report of Special Inspections •



SECTION 014200 – REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect or Owner. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."

D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."

E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 014200 – REFERENCES

Page 1



J. "Installer": Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

1. Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities mustbe performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name,such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusivelyto tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.

K. "Experienced": When used with an entity, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.

C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.

1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtaincopies directly from publication source.

1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States."

B. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities.

C. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities.


Page 2



D. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations.

E. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities.





Page 3



SECTION 015000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

1.3 USE CHARGES

A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations.

C. Water Service: Pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations.

D. Electric Power Service: Pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations.


A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel.

B. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program.

C. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 015000 – TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

Page 1



1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to waterabsorption or water damage.

2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigatingwater intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work.

3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials,plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from theseoperations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently topermit installation of finish materials.


A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails.

B. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2.

C. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches.

D. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively.


Page 2



2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading.

B. Contractor’s Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner and Architect and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows:

1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, planracks, and bookcases.

2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 12 individuals. Provideelectrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than onereceptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-footsquaretack and marker boards.

3. Drinking water and private toilet.4. Coffee machine and supplies.5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68

to 72 deg F.6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height.

C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations.

1. Store combustible materials apart from building.

2.3 EQUIPMENT

A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures.

B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control.

1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heatingunits is prohibited.

2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testingagency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended locationand application.

3. Permanent HVAC System: Use of permanent HVAC system is not permitted duringconstruction.


Page 3



PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service.

1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can beinterrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services.

B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully.

1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities havingjurisdiction.

C. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction.

D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.

E. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed.

F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels tolevel required to allow installation or application of finishes.

G. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics required for construction operations.


Page 4



1. Install electric power service overhead or underground as arranged with the powercompany.

H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions.

1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirementswithout operating entire system.

2. Install lighting for Project identification sign.

I. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line for each field office.

1. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

a. Police and fire departments.b. Ambulance service.c. Contractor's home office.d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number.e. Architect's office.f. Engineers' offices.g. Owner's office.h. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

2. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use whenaway from field office.

J. Electronic Communication Service: Provide a desktop computer in the primary field office adequate for use by Architect and Owner to access Project electronic documents and maintain electronic communications.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following:

1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within constructionarea or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136.Comply with NFPA 241.

2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection.Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after SubstantialCompletion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable toOwner.

B. Temporary Use of Permanent Roads and Paved Areas: Locate temporary roads and paved areas in same location as permanent roads and paved areas. Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas adequate for construction operations. Extend temporary roads and paved areas, within construction limits indicated, as necessary for construction operations.


Page 5



1. Coordinate elevations of temporary roads and paved areas with permanent roads andpaved areas.

2. Prepare subgrade and install subbase and base for temporary roads and paved areasaccording to Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

3. Recondition base after temporary use, including removing contaminated material,regrading, proofrolling, compacting, and testing.

C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants.

D. Parking: Provide temporary parking areas for construction personnel.

E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.

1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project oradjoining properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.

2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.

F. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.

1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and

individuals seeking entrance to Project.

a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.

3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.

G. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution."

H. Temporary Elevator Use: Use of elevators is not permitted.

I. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available, provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate.

J. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Use of new stairs for construction traffic will be permitted, provided stairs are protected and finishes restored to new condition at time of Substantial Completion.


Page 6



3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.

B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.

1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 011000 "Summary."

C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements specified in Section 311000 "Site Clearing” and/or Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP).

D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains.

E. Tree and Plant Protection: Comply with requirements specified in Section 031100 "Site Clearing."

F. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents, roaches, and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Perform control operations lawfully, using environmentally safe materials.

G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day.

H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.

I. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

J. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.

1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is incomplete, insulatetemporary enclosures.

K. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program.


Page 7



1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas.2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar

sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel

at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to befollowed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL

A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction.

B. Exposed Construction Phase: Before installation of weather barriers, when materials are subject to wetting and exposure and to airborne mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Protect porous materials from water damage.2. Protect stored and installed material from flowing or standing water.3. Keep porous and organic materials from coming into prolonged contact with concrete.4. Remove standing water from decks.5. Keep deck openings covered or dammed.

C. Partially Enclosed Construction Phase: After installation of weather barriers but before full enclosure and conditioning of building, when installed materials are still subject to infiltration of moisture and ambient mold spores, protect as follows:

1. Do not load or install drywall or other porous materials or components, or items withhigh organic content, into partially enclosed building.

2. Keep interior spaces reasonably clean and protected from water damage.3. Periodically collect and remove waste containing cellulose or other organic matter.4. Discard or replace water-damaged material.5. Do not install material that is wet.6. Discard, replace, or clean stored or installed material that begins to grow mold.7. Perform work in a sequence that allows any wet materials adequate time to dry before

enclosing the material in drywall or other interior finishes.

D. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows:

1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions.2. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity.3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and

exposure to water limits.

a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood andgypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction andremain wet for 48 hours are considered defective.


Page 8



b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture duringconstruction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time ofexposure and continuing daily for 48 hours. Identify materials containing moisturelevels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect.

c. Remove materials that cannot be completely restored to their manufacturedmoisture level within 48 hours.

3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.

1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicatedresults and to avoid possibility of damage.

C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.

1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor.Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.

2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used duringconstruction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified inSection 017700 "Closeout Procedures."



Page 9



SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project, product delivery, storage, handling, manufacturers' standard warranties on products, special warranties and comparable products.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system" and terms of similar intent.

1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make ormodel number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published productliterature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittalprocess to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-serviceperformance, physical properties, appearance and other characteristics that are equivalentor exceed those of specified product.

B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis of design” or “basis of design product" including make, model number or other designation to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.


A. Basis of Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 Submittal Procedures. Show compliance with requirements.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 016000 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

Page 1




A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.

1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Delivery and Handling:

1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces.

2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.

C. Storage:

1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weather tight

enclosure above ground, and with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of

installation and concealment by covering construction. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,

ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage, and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and

equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location and security procedures with Owner.

1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.


SECTION 016000 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2



1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a

particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide

specific rights for Owner.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.

1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed.

2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed.

3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 Closeout Procedures.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures:

1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements.

2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements.

3. Products:





a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both

manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed.

4. Manufacturers:

a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.

b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed.

5. Basis of Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.

C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.

D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS

A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:

1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, and that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work.

2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated.

3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and

names and addresses of Architects and Owners, if requested.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 016000 – PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

Page 4



5. Samples, if requested.







SECTION 017300 – EXECUTION

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Construction layout.2. Field engineering and surveying.3. Installation of the Work.4. Cutting and patching.5. Correction of the work.6. Coordination of Owner-installed products.7. Progress cleaning.8. Dust control.9. Starting and adjusting.10. Protection of installed construction.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work.


A. Qualification Data: For licensed land surveyor.

B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by licensed land surveyor or certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

C. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 017300 – EXECUTION

Page 1



D. Certified Surveys: Submit two copies signed by licensed land surveyor.


A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements.

1. Structural Elements: Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting andpatching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change theirload-carrying capacity or increase deflection and load-deflection ratio. Structuralelements include the following:

a. Primary structural systems.b. Secondary and miscellaneous structural systems.c. Lintels.d. Bearing walls and retaining walls.

2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related componentsin a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results inincreased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operational elementsinclude the following:

a. Primary operational systems and equipment.b. Fire separation assemblies.c. Air or smoke barriers.d. Fire-suppression systems.e. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.f. Control systems.g. Communication systems.h. Fire-detection and -alarm systems.i. Conveying systems.j. Electrical wiring systems.k. Operating systems of special construction.

3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements orcomponents in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results inreducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance ordecreased operational life or safety. Other construction elements include but are notlimited to the following:

a. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers.b. Membranes and flashings.c. Exterior curtain-wall construction.


Page 2



d. Sprayed fire-resistive material. e. Equipment supports. f. Piping, ductwork, vessels, and equipment. g. Noise- and vibration-control elements and systems.

4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections.

B. In-Place (Existing) Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place (existing) materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place (existing) adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.

1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place (existing) materials.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work.

1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where


Page 3



indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations.

1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation.

2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed.

3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following:

1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions and the cost of any and all remedial work required due to installation on unacceptable surfaces and substrates or under improper conditions shall be borne by the Contractor.

E. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed.

1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers.

2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and/or Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Refer to Section 011000 “Summary of Work” for utility interruptions.

B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.


Page 4



D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for

clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination."

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly.

B. General: Engage a licensed land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.

1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.

2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain

required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable

tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established

by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Identification: Refer to drawings for existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.

B. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.


Page 5



1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written

approval of Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding.

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.

1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.

2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.

3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.

1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance

and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations.

F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.


Page 6



H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size

and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.

1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect.

2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and

directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.

1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties.

C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.

D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.

E. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.

1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.


Page 7



3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a

diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where

required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be

removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.

1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation.

2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing.

a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials.

b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.

a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces.

4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.

5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.

G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.

3.7 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in this Specification Section.


Page 8



1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up

with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces in kind.

3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Maintain and clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.

1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.

2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven calendar days during normal weather or three calendar days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Maintain and clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.

1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the

entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Public Roads: Roads shall be cleared of all mud, dust, debris, etc. on a daily basis or as directed by the Owner.

E. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

F. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.


Page 9



G. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure

freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

H. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

I. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

L. Responsibilities of the Contractor: 1. The Contractor shall provide and service dumpsters for the use of all Contractors. 2. Dumpsters shall be located at each site, accessible to building and roads. Each Contrac-

tor may legally load acceptable construction debris into the Dumpsters from this project only. Cost of all disposal fees shall be by the Contractor and dumpsters shall remain on the project until project completion, or as directed by Owner. The Contractor shall secure dumpsters during off-hours. This excludes asbestos items.

3. The Contractor is responsible for clean-up and disposal of waste materials, debris and rubbish on a daily basis.

4. The Owner may issue written notification of insufficient cleaning relative to the require-ments of this Section. Upon issuance of the cleaning notice:

a. All waste and accumulation of trash containing the Contractor’s debris shall be re-moved from the Owner's premises within 24 hours of notification.

b. All designated project areas containing the Contractor's debris or requiring general housekeeping shall be left fine broom clean (interior) or raked clean (exterior or rough surface). Sweeping compound shall be used for all interior broom cleaning to control dust.

c. Failure by the Contractor to comply with the 24 hour requirement of the notice to the satisfaction of the Owner will result in a cleaning program directed by the Owner at the expense of the Contractor. Cost of clean-up performed by the Owner will be deducted from the Contractor's Request for Payment.

5. Maintain areas under Contractor's control free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

6. Daily clean interior areas to provide suitable conditions for work. 7. Broom clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning on an

as-needed basis. 8. Control cleaning operations so that dust and other particles will not adhere to wet or new-

ly-coated surfaces.


Page 10



9. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site or to a dumpster provided by the

Contractor daily. 10. The General Contractor shall provide end-of-day clean-up of work areas of all prime con-

tractors on a daily basis, conforming to requirements above.

3.9 DUST CONTROL

A. The Contractor shall at all times control the spread of dust and dirt during the execution of the work. Use water mist, temporary closures, and other suitable methods. Use wet saws for cutting. Provide walk-off mats at entrances and exits to construction areas.

1. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create hazardous or objectionable conditions.

2. Wet mop floors to eliminate trackable dust and dirt and wipe down walls and doors of dust and dirt.

3.10 STARTING AND ADJUSTING

A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.

C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.

D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."

3.11 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

C. Supervise construction operations to ensure that in progress work is not stored on and/or effects completed construction such as floors and walls, which are subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

D. Roof Areas:

1. Construction traffic and storage of materials of materials on completed roof surfaces is not allowed. Where work is required, the contractor shall submit a protection plan, 14


Page 11



calendar days prior to scheduled commencement of the work. Protection plan to include the following: Type of work to be performed.

2. Location of work areas. 3. Route of materials and workers to work area. 4. Materials and methods to be used.

5. Proceed with work after Owners authorization. Damage to roof surfaces shall be repaired

and the cost of any and all remedial work shall be borne by the Contractor.



Page 12



SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work.


A. Product Data: For cleaning agents.

B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion.

C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion.

1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage.

C. Field Report: For pest control inspection.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections.


SECTION 017700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 1



1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete.

B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 business days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.

4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals.

5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and

maintenance.

C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 business days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request.

1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's

personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,

equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training."

6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency

responders.

WENDEL FIVE BUGLES DESIGN SECTION 017700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

Page 2



8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups,

construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual

defects.

D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 business days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.

2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.

1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES

A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:

1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."

2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 business days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.

1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.





1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Organization of List: Contractor shall prepare Punch List to include the following: name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. Use Wendel standard punch list format or Procore format.

1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.

2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.

3. Include the following information at the top of each page:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number.

4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:

a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.

1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES

A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.

B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 business days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor.

C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual.

1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper.

2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer.

3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.

4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling





navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.

D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:

a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,

free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces.





h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean

according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.

Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.

k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment[, elevator equipment,] and

similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.

m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.

n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.

o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection.

1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA Standard 1992-01. Provide written report on completion of cleaning.

p. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." Prepare written report.

D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."

E. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner’s property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.

3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK

A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion.

B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.





1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other

damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces.

Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.

3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity.

4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.






SECTION 017823 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:

1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction.

B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system.


A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.

1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable.

2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions.

B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:

1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.


SECTION 017823 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1



a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable

item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory.

b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.

C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 business days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable.

D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 business days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments.

1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 business days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY

A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the following:

1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents.

B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system.

C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list.

D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual.

E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems."





2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:

1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents.

B. Title Page: Include the following information:

1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the

systems contained in the manuals. 8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.

C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.

D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.

E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required.

1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size.

2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.





2.3 OPERATION MANUALS

A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:

1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.

B. Descriptions: Include the following:

1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.

C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures.

D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.

E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification.





2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:

1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:

1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions.

E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.

F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS

A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.

B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,





and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable.

C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:

1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly

and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.

D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:

1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available.

E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.

1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies.

2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance.

F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.

G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.

1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION

A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.





B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance

data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.

2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel.

C. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.

1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems.

D. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.

1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.

2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 017839 "Project Record Documents."

E. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.






SECTION 017839 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following:

1. Record Drawings.


A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:

1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Project Record Drawings as follows:

a. Initial Submittal:

1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional

information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable.

b. Re-submittal:

1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were

recorded.

c. Final Submittal:

1) Submit record digital data files.


SECTION 017839 – PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS

A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued.

1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation, when such installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual person or entity who obtained record data, whether that individual or entity is an installer, subcontractor or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints.

a. Clearly record and identify information about concealed elements that would be difficult to identify, measure or record later.

b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data immediately after revealing or obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing or concealing installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation.

2. Maintain on Project site at all times, in an approved location, and in a clean, dry and legible condition, one set of Project Drawings and one set of Submittals. These documents shall be used to record as-built conditions on a day-to-day basis, and shall be kept current and available for inspection by the Architect and Owner’s Project representative during working hours.

3. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Concealed insulation types, thicknesses and R-Values. c. Locations of discontinuous insulation, if any. d. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. e. Depths of foundations below first floor. f. Locations and depths of underground utilities. g. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. h. Revisions to electrical circuitry. i. Actual equipment locations. j. Duct size and routing. k. Locations of concealed internal utilities. l. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. m. Changes made following Architect's written orders. n. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. o. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. p. Actual installed information about Work that is otherwise shown only

schematically.





4. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use

personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.

5. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location.

6. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

7. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.

B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings:

1. Format: Annotated electronic PDF with comment function enabled. 2. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints.

Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 3. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 4. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for

use in recording information.

a. See Section 013300 Submittal Procedures for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files.

C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.

1. Format: Annotated electronic PDF with comment function enabled. 2. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files

that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file.

3. Identification:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS". d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE

A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project.





B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the

field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect reference during normal working hours.






SECTION 017900 – DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 - GENERAL



1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:

1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Demonstration and training video recordings.


A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.

1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module.

B. Qualification Data: For instructor.

C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time.

D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test.


A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within ten business days of end of each training module.


SECTION 017900 – DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Page 1



1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information:

a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of videographer. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Date of video recording.

2. Transcript: Prepared in format matching operation and maintenance manuals. Mark with appropriate identification at beginning of each transcript. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video recording. Include name of Project and date of video recording on each page.

3. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use in PDF electronic file format.


A. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.

B. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is experienced photographing demonstration and training events similar to those required.

1.6 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel.

B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content.

C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM

A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.





B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include

a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:

1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:

a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves.

2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:

a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.

3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. g. Include name and contact information for each equipment manufacturers installed

products.

4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:

a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies.





j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures.

5. Adjustments: Include the following:

a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.

6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:

a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures.

7. Maintenance: Include the following:

a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools.

8. Repairs: Include the following:

a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly

instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."

B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.





3.2 INSTRUCTION

A. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.

B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.

1. Schedule training with Owner with at least fourteen calendar days' advance notice.

C. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals.

D. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use.

3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS

A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and training video recordings. Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice.

1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson outline.

B. Video: Provide minimum 640 x 480 video resolution converted to format file type acceptable to Owner, on electronic media.

1. Electronic Media: Read-only format compact disc or flash drive as may be acceptable to Owner, with commercial-grade graphic label.

2. File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations according to project manual table of contents. Provide complete screen-based menu.

3. File Names: Utilize file names based upon name of equipment generally described in video segment, as identified in Project specifications.

4. Contractor and Installer Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file for inclusion on the Equipment Demonstration and Training DVD that describes the following for each Contractor involved on the Project, arranged according to Project table of contents:

a. Name of Contractor/Installer. b. Business address. c. Business phone number. d. Point of contact. e. E-mail address.





C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to

adequately cover area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time.

1. Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes.

a. Produce segments to present a single significant piece of equipment per segment. b. Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow order of Project

Manual table of contents. c. Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment exceeds 15 minutes,

stop filming and pause training session. Begin training session again upon commencement of new filming segment.

D. Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment. Verify equipment markings are clearly visible prior to recording.

1. Furnish additional portable lighting as required.

E. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by audio narration by microphone while video recording is recorded. Include description of items being viewed.

F. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and running time captured from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment.

G. Preproduced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of training modules in same format as recordings of live training.


